Blog gratis
Reportar
Editar
¡Crea tu blog!
Compartir
¡Sorpréndeme!
Zona de Libre
El Mundo está en las manos de la gente capaz de ver las transformaciones del presente, de la gente con coraje para vivir sus sueños, cada cual de acuerdo con su propio talento."
img
17 de Julio, 2008    General

Bringers of the Dawn

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 3 - 11, Chapter One.

Our ancestors were some of the Original Planners of Earth,orchestrators who seeded worlds and civilizations with creativity and love. Because oftheir qualifications, they liked to orchestrattworlds just as conductors love to conduct.Our ancestors are also your ancestors, and we like to call you our ancient fatnilv, asindeed you are. Our ancestors gave their DNA to the Original Planners, and this DNA becamepart of the DNA of the human species.

We Pleiadians come from your future. In a version of our"now," there exists a place of tyranny and turmoil, and the have seen probablefutures of Earth that include that same tyranny and decay. Time is greatly misunderstoodin third-dimensional reality: you believe that time is measured in minutes or degrees.Time is much vaster than you realize. In actuality, time codes and plays with information,allowing you to move into realities simultaneously by stretching, distorting, curving, andtwisting time around. You can get on an elliptical curve of time and experience manyrealities by simply going around the elliptical curve and discovering that, as time is not"solid," neither is reality.

As all realities are not solid, and as the future is not set (it isonly a number of probabilities), we see an opportunity at this time to insert a morepositive probability for Earth. We wish to reinsert light on this planet and restore Earthto its original purpose-that of becoming a magnificent intergalactic exchange center ofinformation. So we have come back in a section of time to a place we call a kernel or aseed in order to effect change. This change will not only affect Earth, it will affectyour future, our present, and the entire universe.

This is big news! You have come to Earth at a place and time whenevolution is at hand. A major leap is about to take place that you came to participate in,and you are not alone, for many energies are coming to Earth now to participate in thisgreat project. There are mother ships surrounding this planet that are acting as literaltransducers of energy. There are beams of light coming to Earth from old and ancient starsystems that have been working w-ith you for eons. These beams of information are beingblasted onto the planet.

As this information is being beamed to you, your body must be able toreceive it, transduce it, boost it, and beam it back out to others. Many of you will buildtelepathic links with these mother ships that will be like having your m-n radio stationsthrough which you will be able to tune into a wealth of information at will.

This is the evolution of super-consciousness, the evolution into thehighest aspect of your being. You do not need to worry about becoming this being, foryou already are this being, and you just need to remember it. Since the veils aroundEarth were lifted at the time of Harmonic Convergence, you have been steadily beamed withthis energy from the outer cosmos, and it is constantly being stepped up and increased asyou are able to handle it. You are evolving now at such an extremely accelerated rate thateach year of this decade will be like ten years or more from the previous century. Feelhow much you will accomplish by 1999 and feel who you will be. It will be as if you havelived one hundred years in a decade.

You will be flooded with memory, flooded with many other things. Manyof you will take trips upon the ships to various portions of the solar system. As you comeinto the Age of Light, worlds will open that you never knew existed. You have moved pastthe other ages: the Bronze Age, the Iron Age, the Industrial Age, the Information Age, andso on. These other ages had to do with seeding, planting, cultivating, and putting thepotentialities of life into the third dimension.

A transition is about to occur, a dimensional shift that will lessenthe density of the third dimension so that you will move into higher dimensions in whichthe body does not have such a solid state. You have come here because you wish to masterthe evolutionary process and be able to live with it. This is going to be very exciting,because it means that you are going to function in many realities.

Buried deep inside of you are all the answers. The questions that cometo the forefronts of your minds are arising so that you can bring the answers from withinyour own beings. In order to achieve this, you must first believe that theinformation is stored there.

Humanity is learning a great lesson at this time. The lesson is, ofcourse, to realize your godhood, your connectedness with Prime Creator and with all thatexists. The lesson is to realize that everything is connected and that you are partof it all.

There are multitudes of cultures and societies that exist throughoutthe vastness of space, and these societies and cultures have been on and off this planetfrom the very beginning. It is not just that we, the Pleiadians, have come to assist; weare only one grouping from one star system. There are many who have journeyed here formany reasons. The majority of the extraterrestrials are here for your upliftment, thoughthere are also those who are here for other reasons.

Your history moves in and out of very special times. Many of you becameinvolved on Earth eons ago through star energy and through working with the higher realms.You know quite completely the difficulties that Earth has gone through, such as how manytimes the lands have shifted and how many times help has come from the skies.

Information was distorted when those who came from the skies to moveyou along in your development were turned into gods. As children idolize those who can dowhat they cannot do, your society clearly demonstrates this same method of creatinggodhood. The concept behind this method is one of the belief paradigms that you have comehere to change. The third-dimensional world is one of great challenge, for it allowsmagnificent limitations to set themselves up. Through these limitations, structures areformed, and through this process, you create and learn that you are a portion of PrimeCreator and that Prime Creator desires experience.

You are magnificentbeings, members of the Family of Light, and you cameto Earth at this time on assignment to create a shift, to make a change, to assist in thetransition. Love is the key.

Love is what makes up the universe. The present technology on Earthwill only develop to a certain extent because mankind does not vet understand that love isnecessary. Energy can take all forms of creativity, but when one is dealing with greed orhatred or any emotion that is not working toward light, one is only allowed to go so for.Them is only so much information that is available to that sort of vibration. Love is thebasic building block, so when one has love, all possibilities exist. Bringing back theconcepts of light, which are information and love-which is creativity-is the plan. Ittakes renegades like the Family of Light to come into a system that as been primarily darkfor eons and change it.

We are very much renegades where we are. As we said, our own system isin need of transformation. We are working as a bridge or a link through the Family ofLight in a variety of systems in order to change our own system. Your raising ofconsciousness through love and responsibility nourishes us, replenishes us, and expandsour consciousness so that we may evolve further. Therefore, as we are friends and guidesand assistants to you, so you assist us as well.

Where will this transition take you? We would like to see you becomequalified to form worlds consciously. You are preparing to seed and be the species plantedon many new worlds as they are being formulated, and because you have stored within yourmemories the history of what has occurred here on Earth, you will be able to teach othersand consciously hold the direction in which other worlds need to go.

It is a vast plan you are participating in. All of you jumped at thechance to be here in such a challenging place at such a challenging time. You were certainyou could do it. Also, you were told before you came here that there would be muchassistance and that, at different junctures of your development, different entities wouldpresent themselves upon the planet in different capacities to trigger you, fire you up,and remind you-not to do it for yon. We are one of those triggers, a catalyst. Whenyou hear the name Pleindians, you feel a connection be cause ice are assisting youin bringing your own information, your own knowing, forward.

By working with you, it is our intention to offer you a reminder of whoyou are so that you can find the greatest source for your own inspiration. If we couldassign a career to each of you or give you a way of being, we would ask each of you tobecome an inspiration. When you are able to live in this capacity and to be truly aninspiration to all who encounter you, you will be living your light, and that isquite profound.

Remember that we are here for our reasons and that you are here foryour reasons and that we are all here to evolve together and create a new vibrationalfrequency. We wish to break belief paradigms that separate individuals as they evolve. Wewish to create an ambassadorship, a game of harmony and cooperation, by giving youinformation that strikes you at the core of your beings, no matter what your formerbeliefs have been.

We, the group that speaks to you, are intending to fill our own resumewith some interesting experiences. When we first began speaking in 1988, our collectiveconsisted of fifty to seventy-five entities-some physical, some nonphysical, allPleiadian. Our numbers have been growing, and our collective now consists of well over onehundred entities from many different systems. We can now be called Pleiadians Plus. Thereare those in our reality who do not believe that we can accomplish what we have set out todo with you. They feel that we are taking too many chances and too many risks, yet theyare sitting on the edges of their seats to see what will happen.

There are those in your system who believe we are here to spread fear,but we do not see it that way. We do not wish to scare any of you: we simply wish toinform you. If you sit in a dark room and you hear strange sounds, it can be fearful.However, if you turn on the light to see what is making the sounds, it is then not soscary. We wish you to be informed about what you are dealing with. Light is information;ignorance is darkness. We want you to be working in the light, not in the dark.

We are involved in working with you because we wish to evolve ourconsciousness toward more tree will and expression. Just as you are on assignment tochange the system that you are within, we are on assignment to change the system that weare within. we are not without our purpose. As we said, we come from your future, and, incertain instances, we have our hands full. We need you, just as you need us. You, asmembers of the Family of Light, can institute, implement, or insert a grand newprobability in the chain of realities that will implode in the next twenty years from thissector of existence because you physically live on this planet. It is through you thatthe transformation will occur. What you do now vastly affects us. What happens with Earthvastly affects us.

We are here to assist, to teach, and to evolve as we go through thisprocess together. We give our version of things only to bring you into higherconsciousness. We do not wish to say that this version, and only this version, is how itis! This whole teaching is designed with a great purpose in mind, and the stories that wetell you are setup to take you to a higher plane of consciousness. That is our intention.

The words that we choose and the concepts of which we speak aretriggers for codes that are stored deep inside of your bodies. Your bodies are waiting forthe questions to be posed so that you can begin to resonate with the answers inside ofyourselves-so that the cellular memories within your bodies can begin to remember whatthey already know. As we speak to you, you will remember.

In speaking to you, we wish you to expand your definition of reality;however, never take anything we say literally. Always follow the larger spiral that we areintending to create that allows you to see the bigger picture. Never stop where we definean idea, since we are simply here to open up your paradigms and rattle your cages so thatyou can begin to find the activation of the real knowledge, the true knowledge, that isstored inside of you. That is where the data is, and we have come to awaken it in you.

We wish to throw out ideas for your consideration. We wish to encourageyou not to get stuck-on any one idea and also to embrace what you are hesitant about orare fearful of. Realize that when you face the so-called dark portions or shadow portionsof yourself, you are creating an opportunity of liberation for all concerned. This comesback to the first and final tenet: thought creates. No matter what situation youfind yourself in, it is the power of your thoughts that got you there. It is also theimpeccable belief that thought creates that will transform your experience and theplanetary existence.

We recommend that you do a little questioning of anyone who overdefinesand tells you absolutes. It is important to hear many different opinions and manydifferent stories. Listen to a person's story, then see if it feels right. Is it for yourown benefit and upliftment? One of the things that we like to teach you is that it is upto you to decide what to do. We give you information; however, it is up to you todecide what to do with it: you are in charge of your life, we are not.

We like to pride ourselves on being storytellers. There is a certaincredibility and a certain sensationalism in the way we present data. However, a story thatwe tell you at one point is certainly not the only story; it is not the end, and it isnever the only truth. It is only one fragmentation, one small portion of the biggerpicture.

No matter what story we tell you today, we guarantee you that a yearfrom now we will tell you a different story, because a year from now you will be able tocomprehend things in a grander fashion. So the story will constantly evolve. Your task isto find your identity inside of the story, to find what you know-not what you wantto believe or what you have been told. Trusting what you know is imperative, for knowingis your connection to Prime Creator. Each and every one of you is going to have to knowthat your life is about something as you begin to remember your role.

You yourself chose to be here. You are on assignment to bring memoryforward and to bring the value of human existence back to the forefront of creation. Youare needed. You have been in training for this assignment for lifetimes, and you didnot come unprepared. All that you need to know now is inside of you, and it is your taskto remember your training. This is not a lifetime when you are going to be taught newinformation. As we said before, this is the lifetime when you are going to remember whatyou already know, and we are just here to remind you of it. That is part of ourassignment.

 

 

Chapter Two

On Prime Creator’s Journey

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 13 - 21, Chapter Two.

Humanity is an experiment. Humanity has been designed, as has justabout everything else that exists within creation. Prime Creator began experimenting withcreation a long time ago in this universe for the purpose of greater self-exploration,self-gratification, and self-expression. Prime Creator brought energies and essences oflife-extensions of itself-into this universe and endowed those extensions with the giftsthat it had. It gave willingly and freely of its capabilities. There are many otheruniverses and many other ways of designing universes; this particular one was designed asa free-will zone in which all would be allowed.

Prime Creator said to these extensions of itself, "Go out andcreate and bring all things back to me." This was quite a simple assignment, was itnot? In other words, Prime Creator was saying, "I am going to gift you of myself. Yougo out and gift of yourselves freely so that all you create in this universe canunderstand its essence as my identity."

These extensions of Prime Creator, which we will call creator gods,went out and began to experiment with Prime Creator's energy as it existed withinthemselves. They began to create their own hierarchy, which in turn created otherhierarchies. Each succeeding hierarchy created another hierarchy to endow it with its ownessence and to assist in the development of this universe. Eventually, in one of thegalactic systems, a plan came together to design Earth as an intergalactic exchange centerof information. It was an incredible plan. Earth was a beautiful place, located on thefringes of one of the galactic systems and easily reached from other galaxies. It wasclose to many way portals, the highways that exist for energies to travel throughoutspace.

There was much scurrying and shuffling to create individualrepresentation from all of the galaxies here upon this planet. Some of the creator godswere master geneticists. They were able through their hierarchies to tie moleculestogetherencoded molecules of identity, frequency, and electrical chargeto create life.Many sentient civilizations gave of their DNA to have representation of their coding uponthis planet. The master geneticists then designed various species, some human, someanimal, by playing with the varieties of DNA that the sentient civilizations contributedto make Earth into this exchange center of information, this light center, this LivingLibrary. The plan for Earth was a grand one.

The Original Planners of Earth were members of the Family of Light,beings who worked for and were associated with an aspect of consciousness called light.Light is information. The Family of Light created the information center they hadconceived of; they designed a place where galaxies would contribute their information andwhere all would be able to participate and share their specific knowledge. Earth was to bea cosmic library, a place of incredible beauty that experimented with how informationcould be stored through frequencies and through the genetic process.

Outside the structure of time,100,000 years can pass in what may be ayear within the structure of time as you know it. These creator gods did not exist in timeas you know it. A few hundred thousand years or a million years was nothing to them.

Different energies were brought into existence. There were species ofhumans on Earth perhaps 500,000 years ago who developed very highly evolved civilizations.We are not speaking of the civilizations that you call Lemuria or Atlantis; to us, thosecivilizations are modern. W'e are talking about civilizations that are ancient,civilizations that are buried under some of the ice caps of the far southern continent of.Antarctica.

The project of the Living Library on Earth was eventually fought over.It looked enticing enough to be mined by some. During Earth's early history, therewere w°ars in space for ownership of this planet. Have you ever wondered who owns Earth?It's a prime hunk of real estate. Do you think it would go ownerless in space?

Skirmishes took place, and Earth became a place of duality. Certaincreator gods who had the right to do whatever they wanted-because Earth is a free-willzone-came in and took over. We call this "raiding" the Earth. It was likecorporate raiding on Wall Street. These creator gods raided Earth approximately 300,000years ago-the time period, historically speaking, that you would call the beginning ofhuman civilization. This is merely the time period that you, in this present day, aretaught was the beginning of civilization. In actuality, it was only the beginning of thelater phase, the phase of modern humanity.

When this skirmish occurred, a certain group of entities fought inspace and won the territory of Earth. These new owners did not want the native Earthspecies-the humans-to be informed of what took place. Uninformed, the species would beeasier to control. This is why light is information and darkness is lack of information.These entities beat out light, and Earth became their territory. It gives you a new ideaof light, does it not? There was great radioactivity and nuclear action, and much of Earthwas rent asunder. The original species, human creation, experienced great destruction andwas scattered.

These new creator gods who were the new owners were also mastergeneticists. They understood how to create life, and they wanted this territory for theirown reasons. Territories are created and held by certain energies for many reasons, one ofwhich is that there is consciousness within all things.

Consciousness communicates continuously. Consciousness vibrates, or canbe led to vibrate, at certain electromagnetic frequencies. Electromagnetic energies ofconsciousness can be influenced to vibrate in a certain way to create a source of food.Just as apples can he prepared and eaten in a variety of ways, consciousness can beprepared and ingested in a variety of ways.

Some entities, in the process of their own evolution, began to discoverthat as they created life and put consciousness into things through modulating thefrequencies of forms of consciousness, they could feed themselves; they could keepthemselves in charge. They began to Figure out that this is how Prime Creator nourisheditself. Prime Creator sends out others to create an electromagnetic frequency ofconsciousness as a food source for itself.

The new owners of this planet had a different appetite and differentpreferences than the former owners. They nourished themselves with chaos and fear. Thesethings fed them, stimulated them, and kept them in power.

These new owners who came here 300,000 years ago are the magnificentbeings spoken of in your Bible, in the Babylonian and Sumerian tablets, and in texts allover the world. They came to Earth and rearranged the native human species. Theyrearranged your DNA in order to have you broadcast within a certain limited frequency bandwhose frequency could feed them and keep them in power.

The original human was a magnificent being whose twelve strands of DNAwere contributed by a variety of sentient civilizations. When the new owners came in, theyworked in their laboratories and created versions of humans with a different DNA-thetwo-stranded, double-helix DNA. They took the original DNA of the human species anddisassembled it. The original DNA pattern was left within the human cells, yet it was notfunctional; it was split apart, unplugged.

Within human cells are light-encoded filaments, fine gossamer threadsof energy that carry information. When these gossamer threads are working together like acable-the way fiber optics works-they form the helix of your DNA. When you hererearranged, you were left with the double helix. Anything that was unnecessary forsurvival and that could keep you informed was unplugged, leaving you with only a doublehelix that would lock you into controllable, operable frequencies.

A frequency fence, something like an electrical fence, was put aroundthe-planet to control how much the frequencies of humans could be modulated and changed.As the story goes, this frequency fence made it very difficult for the frequencies oflight-information-to penetrate. When light frequencies were able to penetrate thecontrol fence, there was no light to receive them. The humans' DNA was unplugged, thelight-encoded filaments were no longer organized, so the creative cosmic rays that broughtlight did not have anything to plug into and hold onto.

What part do you play in this story? You are members of theFamily of Light. The mere fact that you are reading this book shows that you are Family ofLight. For some of you, this is just like a dream. We are reminding you of what you knowinside yourselves. We have come onto this planet to trigger your memory banks-to inspirethe human race through the band of light so that you will begin to remember who you are,to create your own reality, and to alter the frequency on the planet and claim rightfulownership of yourselves and this territory.

We, as Pleiadians, come back through time-into what would perhaps becalled our past-in the vestige of representatives of light. We come back in order to sharea frequency with you, a frequency that each one of you has agreed to carry on this planetin order to change the DNA of the rearranged human race. This is a big story. It couldmake headlines, you know.

The Original Planners are not about to lose the territory. Do you thinkthey are going to give up so easily? The Original Planners began to call on the Family ofLight to go in and infiltrate the project, to incarnate one-by-one and bring the light-asinformation via creative cosmic rays-into the place where it was lost. The Family of Lightbegan its work here, coming into a system that was devoid of light and devoid ofinformation. By mutating the laws of humanity, these creative cosmic rays began to piercepeople's bodies, individual by individual, then group by group. In very small amountsthroughout the eons were these frequencies of information brought onto this planet. Attimes, great battles were fought to keep out the light or information that was alwayslooking to be expressed. The Original Planners knew that, cosmically speaking, this w as alesson for them in allowing, in understanding the creator gods who took theirproject.

The Original Planners set out to insert their own version of a plan tocoincide with a time when the frequency of Earth would be altered, a time when the ownerswould perish if they could not change their own frequency. Emotions are a source offood. There are those whose food source is love, and the Original Planners intend toalter the frequency of Earth to that of love. The current owners' food source of fear,anxiety, chaos, hunger, and despondency must be removed.

Guess who is removing this food source? You are! As members ofthe Family of Light, you are renegades. You are systems busters, here to conquer your ownfears and to show the rest of the planet that there is no reason to fear anything. Youlove to go in and cause trouble. You are famous, your branch of the Family of Light. Youare famous for going into systems of reality and altering the frequency, thus bringinginformation. It is not your task as members of the Family of Light to proselytize. Yousimply go into systems and act as receptacles; you receive the creative cosmic rays intoyour bodies, the bodies that you occupy as humans. You are in disguise as humans, and youallow a process to take place.

You are coded, and as your memory begins to rise, you will respond tothe plan with which you came here to participate to alter the frequencies. You will beginto hold, keep, and maintain a certain frequency and then to line it. Identity asfrequency is the sum total of your physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual bodiesbroadcast as electronic pulsations. As you live your frequency, you affect everyone, everyplace you go. That is what you are doing now. There are many who already understandtheir assignment, and there are those whose memories are just beginning to rise.

The plan to change the frequency modulation affecting the human speciesentails the rebundling of your DNA and of the light-encoded filaments. The plan isgigantic at this time. Earth is assisting, in its own way, the evolution of the universe.Earth is where things are happening: it is the hot spot, the place to be. It is where theplan begins to blossom, and what happens on Earth is going to affect many, many worlds.

As members of the Family of Light, you agreed to come to Earth manytimes-in many guises and in many different time frames-to learn the ropes, to figure outthe character, and to become trained. You needed to experience Earth and to prepareyourself for the time when the frequency alteration would begin to occur and you would allincarnate in large numbers to bring the plan into action.

The Family of Light everywhere is beginning to unite. You must allfocus on what you have in common, not what you do not have in common. As members of theFamily of Light, you bring information to the planet neutrally to stimulate your owngrowth. You need to do this for your own growth affects the growth of the planet.

Your DNA will evolve from two helixes to twelve helixes. These twelvehelixes correspond to energy centers, or chakras, inside and outside of your body.Millions of you on the planet at this time are on assignment, and you have agreed to carrythe frequency to accomplish this. Handfuls of you are becoming impeccable, and thesehandfuls are affecting the others. Soon you will begin to have great clarity as to who youare and what your assignment is.

This process is an incredible evolutionary leap for one to be involvedin, and it is going to take place on an accelerated path for the next twenty years. Thereare those who have already received a realignment of the twelve strands of DNA, the twelvehelixes. These twelve spiral strands of DNA interact with one another in the body andoutside of the body. The connection of the twelve strands means that the twelve energy orinformation centers can begin to function and send information back and forth to oneanother.

Traditionally, seven of these centers are located in the body, and fiveare located outside of the body. They are commonly known as your chakra centers and arealigned with the spinning of the twelve heavenly bodies that you know of at this timewithin your solar system-the twelve heavenly bodies that are vibrating, as you recognizethem, in 3D. These twelve heavenly bodies are spinning with information: they spin withthe chakra systems that go out to the end of the universe, and they spin with the DNAspinning inside your body.

When human DNA begins to rebundle as a twelve-stranded helix system andthis information is acted upon, there will be incredible power. Individuals, simply bycoming together and jointly intending what they want-jointly becoming a telepathicreceptacle for energies from all over the cosmos-will change the face of the universe.

We call the rebundling process of your DNA a mutation. Once you,as members of the Family of Light, are able to take this mutation into your bodies, youwill be able to integrate your twelve centers of information. You will begin to understandthat you create yourexperiences,and you will learn to become conscious creators.More than that, you will become conscious rememberers of who you are.

As your tenth, eleventh, and twelfth chakras begin to open themselves,many off-planet energies will appear in your lives. These energies will occur on thisplanet as more and more of you hold the higher frequencies. The tenth chakra connects withthe solar system, the eleventh with the galaxy, and the twelfth with a place in theuniverse. As you hold these frequencies, you will bring information onto the planet thatwill astound and shock most of the world.

There will be a merging of identities, a merging of cultures, aninfusion of many "new world orders," and there will be

much chaos and confusion. As members of the Family of Light, you cansimply observe this, knowing that chaos and confusion must come to break down the systemso that it can be rebuilt with light. As members of the Family of Light, you canunderstand that there is an evolutionary process taking place and that those who canhandle the changing frequencies by all means will evolve. Earth is an exciting place to beat this time. It is a good plan, is it not?

 

 

Chapter Three

Who Your Gods Are

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 23 - 27, Chapter Three.

There are many misconceptions about the idea of godhood. The universesare full of intelligent beings who have, over time, evolved and developed all sorts ofcapabilities and functions to serve their needs to express themselves creatively. Theimportance behind existence and consciousness is creativity, and creativity takes manyforms.

Eons ago, Earth was but a thought in the minds of great beings who hadset before themselves the task of creating new forms of existence. Many of these beingsaffected the creation of this universe, and you have termed them God. In actuality,they were extraterrestrial light-bearing energies far removed from Prime Creator. Werarely use the term God with a big G. If we were to use that term, we would bereferring to the entity we know as Prime Creator. Prime Creator, in its own personalimplosion through love, endowed all things with consciousness. All things are PrimeCreator on Prime Creator's journey.

We see ourselves as an extension of Prime Creator-always gatheringinformation, going off on adventures, and doing whatever we need to do to make our livesmore interesting and challenging so that we can feed Prime Creator. As we feed PrimeCreator through our schemes and our endeavors, we endow Prime Creator with greater energyto give to new creations.

We have never gotten close to the entity Prime Creator. Even those ofus who are beings of the grandest light vibration do not have the capacity at this stageof our evolution to be in proximity to Prime Creator. We are not prepared enough to handlethe intensity of that emanation. It is our desire at some point in our evolution to get aglimpse of and perhaps merge with Prime Creator for a time. We know that this is possible,so it is something we strive for.

The evolution of consciousness and the ability to house information iswhat allows one to come into the proximity of Prime Creator. Many people on Earth havefelt that they have merged with God. They may have merged with a portion of PrimeCreator that best suited their vibration at the time. The total vibration of Prime Creatorwould destroy the physical vehicle in an instant, because it cannot house that muchinformation. Those that represent "God" to you are but a minute portion of PrimeCreator.

Even Prime Creator is but a portion of something larger. Prime Creatoris always discovering that it is a child of another creation and that it is in a constantprocess of self-discovery and awareness. Remember, consciousness is within all things, andconsciousness was never invented, it simply was. Consciousness is knowing, and yourknowing is your closest place to Prime Creator. When you trust what you know, you areactivating the God within you.

At this time, there is a great awareness moving over the planet as tohow big the world really is and as to who's who in the world ballgame: not only who's whoin the world ballgame, but who's who in the cosmic ballgame.

Just as you have hierarchies upon Earth that you may or may not beaware of, there are hierarchies in the cosmos. You can live within a certain area and notbe aware that any hierarchy exists. You can farm your land, pay your taxes, decide not tovote, and simply be oblivious to any bureaucratic political structure. In somewhat thesame way, Earth is oblivious to the bureaucratic political structure that operates in theuniverse.

It is important for you to understand that bureaucracies or hierarchiesexist, and that these organizations have different experiences of time than you do. Othersdo not live within the structure of time as you know it. What you call one year perhaps toothers may be only one small portion of a day. If you can really begin to comprehend this,you can understand why this planet has seemingly been left to itself for the last fewthousand years. Now-, activity is beginning to bubble and boil again from the skies, andyou will be faced with inserting a vast amount of new knowledge into your paradigms andyour belief systems. This plan et is in for a culture shock-a big surprise.

You have come here at this time for a certain purpose: Those creatorgods who rearranged the human species are returning. Some of them are already here. Thisplanet has been visited over and over again, and many different forms of human being havebeen seeded here through a variety of experiments. There have been many influentialfactors that have created the course of history on Earth. There have been civilizations onthis planet that have existed for millions of years that have come and gone and not left atrace. These civilizations, each and every one of them, were influenced by those you mayterm God.

Your history has been influenced by a number of light beings whom youhave termed God. In the Bible, many of these beings have been combined to representone being, when they were not one being at all, but a combination of very powerful,extraterrestrial light-being energies. They were indeed awesome energies from ourperspective, and it is easy to understand why they were glorified and worshiped.

There is no literature on Earth that gives you a true picture of thesebeings. All of the gods came here to learn and to enhance their own development throughworking with creativity, consciousness, and energy. Some became very successful andmastered their own lessons, while some made quite devastating errors.

Who were these gods from ancient times? They were beings who were ableto move reality and to command the spirits of nature to bend to their will. Humans havetraditionally called beings God who could do things that the human race could notdo.

These beings were passed down through the ancient cultures of may-societies, portrayed as winged creatures and balls of light. The world is permeated withhints, clues, and artifacts of who your gods have been. However, those wo wished tomanipulate humans made up their owm stories to create a paradigm that would control you.You were told that these beings were truly gods, and you were taught to worship, obey, andadore them. This paradigm is now on the verge of making a gigantic shift. The truth isgoing to come forward, a truth that will completely change the way you view the world. Woebe to those wo are unwilling to look. The shock reverberations are going to move aroundthe world.

The creator gods who have been ruling this planet have the ability tobecome physical, though mostly they exist in other dimensions. They keep Earth in acertain vibrational frequency while they create emotional trauma to nourish themselves.There are some beings who honor life before everything else, and there are also beings whodo not honor life and do not understand their connection to it.

Consciousness feeds consciousness. It is hard for you to understandthis concept because you feed yourself with food. The food for some beings isconsciousness. All food contains consciousness at some point in its own development,whether you fry it, boil it, or pick it from the garden; you ingest it to keep yourselfnourished. Your emotions are food for others. When you are controlled to bringabout havoc and frenzy, you are creating a vibrational frequency that supports theexistence of these others because that is how they are nourished.

There are those who live off the vibration of love, and that groupwould like to reestablish the food of love on this planet. They would like to turn thisuniverse into the frequency of love so that it can have the opportunity to go out and seedother worlds.

You represent the renegade group of light, and you have agreed to comeback on the planet. You are on assignment. You come into these physical bodies and takethem over, and you intend, through the power of your spiritual identity, to change thephysical body. You all selected with great care he genetic lines that would best give youhead starts with all of this. Each of you chose a genetic history through which members ofthe Family of Light have threaded.

When human beings existed in their rightful domain and could understandmany realities, they had the ability to be multidimensional, to be one and equal with thegods. You are beginning to awaken this identity within yourself.

The gods raided this reality. Just like corporate raiders in your timecome in and take over a business because perhaps the pension funds are in great abundance,so the funds upon this planet were in great abundance at the time these raider godsappeared. In order to have you believe they were Gods with a big G, they rearranged yougenetically.

That is when the Family of Light was scattered from the planet, and thedark team, which operated out of ignorance, came in. Your bodies carry a fear and a memoryof striving for the knowledge that those gods represented and took away from you. The godswho did this are magnificent space creatures. They can do many kinds of manipulations andwork with realities in many different ways. Humans, in ignorance, began to call thesespace creatures God with a big G.

God with a big G has never visited this planet as an entity. God with abig G is in all things. You have only dealt with gods with a little g who havewanted to be adored and to confuse you, and who have thought of Earth as a principality, aplace that they own out in the galactic fringes of this free-will universe.

Before the raid, you had tremendous abilities. The original biogeneticexample of the human was given incredible information, was interdimensional, and could domany things. When those creator gods raided, they found that the local species knew toomuch. The local species had abilities that were too much like those who were passingthemselves off as God.

A biogenetic manipulation was done, and there was much destruction.There were experimental versions of the species brought onto the planet, where theoriginal database was scattered but not destroyed. At one time, your DNA was intact. Itwas like a beautiful library where the information was all catalogued and referenced andyou could find anything you wanted to find instantly. When- the biogenetic alterationoccurred to unplug the data, it eras as if someone hid the reference system and pulled allthe books off the shelves and heaped them into a pile on the door so that there was noorder to them. This is how your DNA was scattered and scrambled by the raiders a long timeago.

We are telling you a story now; there is definitely a story to this. Wespeak not to your logical mind but to your memory banks, so that you can begin to rememberparticipating in this story. In this way, you will begin to understand what has happenedand who you are within this process.

All of the genetic information was scattered; it did not have an order,but it was left inside the cells. The only information that remained for you to play withand to keep you functioning was the double helix. Many of the databases along the doublehelix were shut down, closed, so that you began to function with very little data. Youwere very easy to manipulate and control by many aspects of consciousness passingthemselves off as God with a big G.

Certain entities took the existing species, which was indeed a gloriousspecies, and retooled it for their own uses, their own needs. They disrupted theinformational frequency inside human beings, changed the DNA, and gave you the doublehelix so that you could be kept in ignorance. Your frequency of accessibility was simplyshut off so that you couldn't turn the dial of your own radio.

These creator gods set out to alter the DNA inside the human body,which is the intelligence, the blueprint, the code. If a code does not have a place tooperate within, it cannot fire itself into existence or express itself into existence. Ifyou are locked up in a little tiny room and never given any place to grow, you can neverexpress yourself. The last number of thousand years, your code has been forced to fitinside a very limited DNA.

One of the most exciting aspects about being on Earth right now is thatthere is a reordering or a retooling taking place in your DNA. Cosmic rays are coming ontothe planet so that a change is being broadcasted and a reordering is taking place insidethe body. The scattered data that holds the history and awareness of the Living Library isnow lining up.

The DNA is evolving. New helixes or strands are being formed as thelight-encoded filaments are beginning to bundle themselves together. The scattered data isbeing pulled together in your body by electromagnetic energies from Prime Creator. We arehere to watch this process in you, to assist you, and to evolve ourselves as well.

As this rebundling or reordering comes together, you will create a moreevolved nervous system that will allow much more data to move itself into yourconsciousness. You will awaken many brain cells that have been lying dormant, and you willcome into use of your full physical body rather than the small percentage that you havebeen functioning with.

Every place on the planet is being affected by this change, thisawareness. Those of you who are the Guardians of Light and who wish to completely changethis present reality and bring different options in are anchoring the frequency. If it isnot anchored and understood, it can create chaos. It will create chaos. This is whyyou must ground yourselves.

Chaos brings about a state of reorganization when utilized properly.Time is collapsing, and the energy is becoming larger and larger. You have come here touse that energy first. You will make pathways of consciousness as you pull the energy intoyour body that will assist others so that they may not have to go through what you gothrough.

Many people will suddenly begin to feel this energy without anypreparation at all. You are all pulling light, which is data and information, onto theplanet, and as you do this you create new pathways for consciousness to explore withouteven saving a word.

The new pathways of consciousness create new realities, new options,and new ways of living and being. That is why the collapse of your society is inevitable:It does not hold light; it does not hold the multidimensional possibilities; it holds youin limitation, and you are tired of that.

The creator gods are space beings who have their own home in space.They are also evolving. There are those who would like to kick them out of the"creator god club" because they feel that they do not value the life that theycreate. Before the takeover about 300,000 years ago, many of the original team worked hereto bring information and create this vast information center that was to be used toconnect many galactic systems. Then there was a great war among the creator gods, and thespace beings, whose stories are in the ancient manuscripts of this planet, won the fight.They came here because they wanted this place for many of their own reasons. In PrimeCreator's universe here, all things are allowed. Because all things are allowed,many lessons arelearned.

Some of these creator gods married and merged their lines, just as onthe European continent different monarchs and royal families have married and merged theirkingdoms. The creator gods would mix one kind with another to see what they could create.Remember, they understood genetics, and all things were created by manifesting and usingthe life force and understanding how the life force works. It is beyond your comprehensionat this time how vast this project has been.

Who are these beings who came in and rent asunder the original plansfor Earth? Who are these space beings we sometimes refer to as the Dark T-Shirts? Be kindwhen you speak of the forces of darkness. Do not speak as if they are bad. Simplyunderstand that they are uninformed, and they create systems that are uninformedbecause that is how they believe they must operate. They fought at one time and separated themselvesfrom knowledge, so now they desperately hold onto their existing knowledge and ontolife as they have evolved it into being. It is life based on fear, life that does nothonor other life, life that uses other life. Who are these beings? They are the reptiles.

These space beings are part human and part reptilian. We call them theLizzies because we like to make things a little less emotional and a little humorous sothat you don't take them so seriously and get so upset. We are not here to frighten you-weare here to inform you. You know all of this inside you, and as you begin to open thehistory of who you are, some' of you will begin to access reptilian memories. You areunder a delusion if you believe that you always incarnate as human beings. You incarnateto experience creation, to gather information about creation, and to comprehend itcollectively. You certainly don't go into just one experience. It would be like eatingdinner at the same restaurant your whole life and then saying, "I know all aboutfood." It's foolishness. Begin to expand your boundaries and realize that you have toexperience many things. There is brilliance within all life.

Creator gods take many forms, and they are not all Lizzies. There arecreator gods who are insectlike. We Pleiadians are associated with the creator gods thatare birdlike and reptilian. There were those who came from space and worked with theenergy of the birds in many different cultures. If you look at the drawings of ancientcultures in Egypt, South America, and North America, you will see signs of the birds andreptiles. At one time, the birds and the reptiles worked together, and at other times theyfought. As you comprehend more, the story will get larger. You will begin to remember yourhistory.

The creator gods are very connected to you. When you decide to become aparent, you agree to learn from your children, to be responsible for their welfare, and toteach them to become responsible for themselves. It is the same with the creator gods.Through watching you grow, they are learning about life; they are learning about what theycreate; they are learning how to be good parents, so to speak.

Some creator gods created life just to have it take care of them ormeet their needs. They have fed off your emotions. One of the big secrets that has beenkept from you as a species is the richness and wealth that accompanies emotion. You havebeen steered away from exploring emotion because through emotion you can figure thingsout. Your emotions connect you with the spiritual body. The spiritual body, of course, isnonphysical, existing on the multidimensional sphere.

The range of frequency modulation has now been shifted, and energiesfrom the outside are working to alter the planet. These energies deed you. Theycannot alter the planet from the outside-the planet must be altered from the inside. Theenergies simply bring in creative cosmic rays that penetrate your body and create theevolutionary leap inside your body. Once you understand the proper use of emotion andbegin to get control over your own frequency, you will be able to broadcast these rays.Then, you will not feed the frequency of fear to this plane of existence.

As the frequency of fear begins to diminish upon this planet, manyactivities will be promulgated to bring about an increase in fear because those who liveoff the fearful frequency will be losing their nourishment, their food. They will make anattempt to reinstate that frequency before they change their nourishment to the newfrequency of love. The Lizzies have set Earth up with devices that can broadcast andmagnify the emotional turmoil on this planet. That turmoil is sent to them, and itsustains them in some way.

In order to come to a planet, you must have a portal or way to get intoit. You could fly into space, say to Jupiter, but if you never find the portal that allowsyou to enter the planet's time frame of existence, you could land on a place that looksdesolate and without life. Portals allow you to enter the dimension of the planet wherelife exists. Portals open onto the corridors of time and serve as zones ofmultidimensional experience.

There have been different portals on Earth that have allowed differentspecies, creator gods from space, to insert themselves. One of the huge portals thatpresently is being fought over is the portal of the Middle East. If you think back overthe history of Earth, you will recognize how many dramas of religion and civilization havebeen introduced in that portal. It's a huge portal-with a radius of a thousand miles orso. This is why there is so much activity in the Middle East. This is the portal that theLizzies use.

To some extent, the Lizzies have controlled this portal. They have usedthis area to create their underground bases and caverns, from which they operate. Theancient civilization of Mesopotamia, between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, was a spacecolony where a certain civilization was introduced. Kuwait sits at the mouth of thisterritory. This is a portal that involves manipulation of the human population to servethe needs of others.

Within the Lizzie population, there are those who are benevolent andthose who are malevolent. Why are we telling you all this? Why do you need to know it? Youneed to know it because the Lizzie reality is reentering and merging with your dimension.Part of your evolutionary leap in consciousness is not simply to go into love and lightand eat ice cream sundaes every day. You must comprehend how complex reality is, how manydifferent forms of reality there are, and how they are all you. You must make peacewith them and merge with them to create an implosion of the collection of your soul. Inthis way, you can come back to Prime Creator.

You are going to be faced with many opportunities to judge many thingsand label them as bad. But, when you judge and label, you will not experience and feel thenew realities. Always remember that this is a free-will zone and that there is a DivinePlan, which is going to be the last plan, the last card to be played. You all mustremember that this last card is going to be an ace.

The nature of the drama on this planet is quite interesting. Wheneverthere is a frequency modulation of an existing system, there is a certain magnetism thatmoves out from that system. This magnetism draws every energy that was ever involved withthat system back to the system so that it can be part of the evolution or process. You aremagnetizing everything to yourself that you have ever experienced so that you can feeleverything you need to feel about it.

The creator gods of ancient times are being drawn back here at thistime because of the Divine Plan. They must participate in it and understand thattheir frequencies are going to be changed. They are resisting this, just like many humansare resisting. Yet, they create their own realities. These creator gods of the last300,000 years have forgotten who created them! They have forgotten their gods.

As members of the Family of Light, you have not forgotten. Your task iscomprehension: to pull comprehension and understanding onto the planet, which willstabilize the energy and generate the power to create. Light is underestimated on thisplanet, and these creator gods underestimate you. Even in their own brilliance, they haveblind spots. They are so enamored of power that they fight amongst themselves.

The creator gods gave up a portion of themselves and became ensconced,enamored with their own project. You are linked to these beings because you are extensionsor operable forces of them. You are here to affect reality not simply from the outside butfrom the inside. It is this that you are intending to remember.

The creator gods are coming back to raid you again because they don'twant to starve. They understand that there is "systems busting" going on throughyou, so they are here to create greater havoc and fear, to fight once again for thisterritory. Their food source is important to them. They are losing control of the planet,so they are going back to their prime portal in the Middle East, where their nest islocated underneath the ground, to create fear and chaos.

The Original Planners wish to bring freedom of choice with respect tofrequency back to this planet. The gods who have been in charge here for this last periodof evolution use frequency modulation and do not allow freedom of choice. They rob yourpsychic energy by giving you a false picture of reality in every way that you couldpossibly imagine. We are not saying these gods are bad. We are simply informing you ofevents that take place and of how innocently you become involved in these events. You donot realize that these situations are setups to get you to think or feel a certain way andto vibrate with a certain consciousness.

We play the same game. If you look back to see what we have done, havewe not purposely set up a plan of frequency modulation for you? Have we not entrapped you,enticed you, convinced you of your free will so that you could choose to vibrate at acertain frequency? We have done the same thing the builders have done.

You had best, all of you, give up your old definitions of Santa Claus.In the same way that you discovered the truth about the Easter Bunny and Santa Claus andthe Tooth Fairy, you are going to discover that there is a cover-up, a story, an idealizedversion around many of these energies that you have worshiped as gods.

The predominant energy on this planet siphons your belief systemsaccording to its own will. It directs incredible flows of energy outward, and this energyis alive. You have been told that all of your thoughts make a world: they are real-theygo someplace. There are five and a half billion people thinking right now. That muchenergy is alive on Earth. What is the predominant feeling within that energy, and what canthis energy be convinced or coerced to exhibit?

We are not here to say who is right and who is wrong and who is whowithin the hierarchy. We simply want to bust your illusions, to pop your balloons aboutwhat you have been led to believe. We do not want to say that it is wrong; we simply wantto suggest to you that you think bigger.

Feel the noticeable loss that is going to occur within this predominantenergy when more and more of you don't vibrate according to its plan. Think what you cando when you overcome the frequency modulation or the insistence of your logical mind andwhen, with impeccability, you stand clean as a Keeper of Frequency. Remember that identityas a frequency is the sum total of your physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual bodiesbroadcast as electromagnetic pulsations. Every time you begin to own what someone has beensiphoning off and to cultivate it according to your own will, you change the vibration onthe planet.

As systems busters, this is one of the things that you are profoundlyproficient in. We do not want to discredit or discount what you have used up until now astools, we simply want you to outgrow your old tools. Some of your reverence and loyaltyhas been to belief systems that will no longer serve you, just as there will come a timewhen each of you will move beyond the steps that we are leading you through at this time.Another energy will be able to say, "Well, when the Pleiadians were showing you this,it was very good. They led you here and there. Let us take you further." There is nostopping the evolution, for there is nothing that has been given to the planet thatrepresents the ultimate in truth.

As you summon the story of your reptilian past, you will find that manyof the influential characters in the patriarchal system of history have indeed been partof the reptile family. Just as all humans are not bad, it is the same with the reptilians.They are no less a part of Prime Creator than you are, and their visage and physiology isnot one of lesser means. Master geneticists are capable of occupying many different forms.It is quite understood that part of the difficulty of working with an isolated species isthe shock that can occur with the complete revelation of truth.

There have been many other creator gods, only some of which have hadhuman form. Presently, your greatest state of unrest or discomfort comes from beings of areptilian type of existence because they seem the most foreign to you.

It has been our intention to expand your ideas of who your gods arebecause those gods will be returning to Earth. That is why the planet is going throughsuch great turmoil. As you learn to hold the frequencies coming from the creative cosmicrays, you will be prepared to meet these gods. As we have said, some of them are alreadyhere. They walk your streets and participate in your academies, your government, and yourworkplaces. They are here to observe, and they are here to direct energy. Some come forgreat assistance, and some are here to learn and evolve. Soiree do not have the highest ofintentions. www.universe-people.com

You must understand how to discern the extraterrestrial energies. Thisis a free-will universe, so all forms of life are allowed here. If an energy attempts tofrighten you, manipulate you, or control you, it is not an energy that would be in yourhighest interest to work with. You have a choice of who you work with. Just becausesomeone has evolved many fantastic and seemingly magic abilities does not necessarily meanthat that entity is evolved spiritually. Learn to discern.

You are living in a most important time when energy is coming alive.All you are feeling is the result of you coming alive and awakening to your hiddenpotentials. The wind is whipping around, showing you there are great stirrings in the air.The gods are here. You are these gods.

As you awaken to your history, you will begin to open your ancienteyes. These are the eyes of Horus, which see not through the eyes of a human being butfrom the point of view of a god. They see the connectedness and purpose of all things, forthe ancient eyes are able to see into many realities and to connect the whole picture, thewhole history. When you open the ancient eyes within yourselves, you will not only be ableto connect with your own whole personal history, you will be able to connect with theplanetary history, the galactic history, and the universal history. Then, indeed, you willfind out who your gods are.

 

 

Chapter Four

Memories in the Free-Will Zone

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 39 - 49, Chapter Four.

Once upon a time, there were beings who wanted to create something. Inorder to do this, they needed to go in and very subtly change a part of creation. Thesebeings worked for, were associated with, and carefully guarded an aspect of consciousnesscalled light. At different times, these Guardians of Light met and worked together andcrossed paths in the different realms of reality. They planned, they shared blueprints,and they designed a time when their plan would go into effect.

Certain members of this light team plotted the probabilities of PrimeCreator: what Prime Creator would do, where Prime Creator would act, and how Prime Creatorwould be stimulated. These entities understood what could be done with light, and theirplan was very carefully orchestrated. For several hundred thousand years, these beings oflight were trained to carry out this plan. Part of the plan involved being ready for acosmic jolt that they anticipated would eventually be coming from Prime Creator.

There was a great deal of dedication and preparation as the groundworkwas laid and the training begun. There was much to be learned before this plan could beimplemented, for it was a daring plan. It was the intention of these Guardians of Light totake light, or knowledge, into a reality where that light was not welcomed and did notfit. It was like putting your foot in a shoe that does not fit.

These beings had a plan to prepare for the time when that light wouldfit. These beings are you, and that time is now. The timehas been carefully orchestrated, and each of you knows in the deepest portions of yourbeing that you have come here for a purpose. You have come to begin the pivotal movementto release everything that has bound you up until now- into your reality, that has heldyou with fine threads like steel cords and locked you into ideas about yourselves and yourrelationship to the cosmos.

For those of you who have come to act out your plan and to work withthe consciousness of light, your time is now. Your action springs from this moment.All you need to do is begin to allow this energy to come into your body. You must begin tovibrate with this energy and to clear the passages of the self, the emotional energiesthat hold themselves locked in your physical body. As you begin to examine the self, youwill find that there are many selves in which to travel on the inner highways or innernervous system of consciousness.

You will find that your society has been very cleverly designed to keepyou from knowing this most intimate and rewarding and exciting portion of yourself. AsGuardians of Light, you are going to create options of reality and bring them to the massconsciousness of the planet. You will do this by first doing it for yourself, creating aninner peace and inner love by accepting who you are and all that you have done in life andall that has been done to you in life. You will accept and integrate these things becauseyou will know they have been exactly the situations necessary to bring you into this finalstage of anchoring light.

This story is an ancient one, and it is stored within your body. Partof what we are requesting of you and reminding you is to open this historical treasurehouse and become an inner archaeologist. Be willing to travel the roads of memory of thislifetime and many other lifetimes so that you can begin to have a picture of the purposeof consciousness.

When you begin to picture the purpose of your own consciousness, andyou discover the clever ways you have traveled, the many guises you have used, and themany actions you have participated in, you will learn to accept the totality of yourbeing. When you are able to accept behavior that was not uplifting behavior, and acceptyour own identity of sexuality, and accept how you valued or did not value life in manylifetimes, it will open. a chakra center in your body that is located around the thymusgland, between the fourth and fifth chakras. It is through here that eventually thenervous system will open and information will flow and through here that you will begin toregenerate the body and move into unconditional love.

As you accept and explore what you have participated in, you will havea greater understanding of what is going on now on the planet. You will then allow othersto dance to whatever tune they are best learning from at this time. There are some prettychaotic tunes being played upon this planet, and there is a purpose to all of them. Thepurpose is to strengthen the self so that the self can become completely informed aboutreality. The self can then decide with clarity the soul's path, or your personal path,through reality.

The original plan was for Earth to be an exchange center of informationfor all the different galactic systems. The Original Planners have not given up this plan.They were members of the Family of Light, and some of you have been very intimate withthese Original Planners. Feel that for a moment.

We want to awaken your memories. We want you to begin to understand themagnitude of what is occurring to your species on this planet so that you can operate withcomfort, knowledge, and knowing. The Original Planners are quite capable of plottingdifferent courses and different realities.

As we have mentioned, in a free-will universe, all is allowed by PrimeCreator. Therefore, since time does not exist as you know it outside of your local sector,things are left to work themselves out. So, to you humans, it seems as if it has been along time since any kind of cosmic planetary excitement has taken place on Earth. In thelarger scheme of evolution, it has not been so long, but because you are locked in thetime frame of Earth, it feels as if it has been a long time.

Light gives information, and darkness withholds information. So, in thetimes that are coining, it will be easy for you to discern who's who and what's what asyou travel outside the third-dimensional realm. All you need to do is discern whethersomething is light and you are being given information or whether it is darkness and youare being disinformed, misinformed, or information is being completely withheld from you.

Darkness and light have come from the same creator, Prime Creator, whohas created a host of creator gods to go out and do its bidding. It has given all thesecreator gods freedom to form worlds: to discover how to create life, how to becomeresponsible stewards of life, and how to become parents for the planets in the galacticsystems that they have created. Learning to become a good parent has been a constantongoing process.

The creator gods have taken themselves and made themselves and fedtheir worlds from themselves. In Egypt, there is a story about a creator god whomasturbated and created the world. The god took himself and made small identities out ofhimself so that he could be in what he made and not outside of it.

You are all needed to access the portion of memory that is part of thecreator gods. Who are these gods? Who are the gods that fought with these gods? Who aresome of the gods who came here and controlled you? Part of your task is to access yourmemory.

When these beings return to Earth, there will be many of you who willturn to them and say, "Yes, these are wonderful gods. I feel wonderful about them.They are so magnificent. Look what they can do." Some of these gods will seem to fixand save your world. This is where it will be easy to miss the bigger picture. It will lookas if they are coming to fix and save your world when, in actuality, what they aredoing is simply creating another form of authority and control. What we are saying is thatpeople will put a belief system and a paradigm on these entities. There will be a largemarketing program to sell the presence of these entities to you. This program is alreadygoing on.

You are not like the masses on Earth, for you are members of the Familyof Light, and you know things that others do not. You may know that these beingsare not of light, and you may know it to the core of your being. You may become sickenedin a society that does not know this. Many people will turn to worshiping these beingsbecause it will seem as if miracles are occurring and the grandest event in the history ofthe world is taking place. It may seem that humanity is being given a whole newopportunity, a whole new golden era. Then there will be a very big surprise, and peoplewill find that the tyrannies are larger than ever before.

The purpose, of course, is for each individual to become sovereign andfor the planet to unite. Not everyone is going to make the shift. Everyone is not inthe vibration that wants to work in harmony at this time. There are those on Earth whowill feel as if they are in states of ecstasy when they find what they think is a newauthority, a higher authority, a new paradigm, animal gods, or whatever. So the Family ofLight, as it has infiltrated and penetrated this planet, is going to create its ownplanetary sphere, its own Earth.

You are all learning about authority. Who is the boss for the beingswho are here now? Who is their God? Who is their authority? That authority iscoming back to Earth. There is a lesson in this for Earth. These beings, who are neitherspiritually informed nor lean in spiritual ways, deny the existence of a spiritual force.They have developed scientific principles and technologies that scatter the laws ofspirituality.

You may think that because you understand or believe in the spiritualrealms that every person, as they evolve, will naturally embrace that information. It isnot so. It is possible to become a brilliant master of manipulating matter and realitywithout understanding spiritual connections. It is very important that you learn this.

There will be those who will come from the stars to this planet whowill have abilities that will be incredible to the mass consciousness of the people uponEarth. But these beings will not feel, for they will not be connected to any spiritualseeking. The choice to seek, to awaken the spiritual self, is, of course, free to eachperson upon this planet and to each person in this whole universe. Not everyone is goingto realize it.

Just as you have cultivated very powerful individuals upon this planetwho are not in touch with their feeling centers-who have no connection to emotional andspiritual consciousnessthere are those who exist in space who are extremely powerful spacekings or space entities who have nothing to do with spirituality. They are powerfulforces. If you met these forces, you would feel like David meeting Goliath. That is why itis important for all of you to learn how to alter your reality so that you can dancebetween the vibrations of frequency, or flip into the station of the world that you wantto experience.

Wanting to have something to worship is the frequency control on Earth.What the planet is headed for is someone or something new to worship. That is thepotential holographic insert-anew god to worship. The creator gods, the reptiles,know that their plan has run short, so to speak, and there is an intention of creating anew plan, a new diversion, a new disempowerment. Therefore, beyond anything else, listento yourselves. Listen to the internal message that comes through to you and begin todance with it and make friends with it. You, yourselves, are meant to discover realityfrom inside and to direct your life in this way. This is really the gift that isgiven in the free-will zone.

Part of the dichotomy or balancing in a free-will zone is the allowanceof all things, even tyrannies. In this free-will zone, everyone is endowed with thepotential to create their own reality. It is a free-will choice to create having someoneelse create reality for you. Most people on Earth allow others to create and dictate theirreality to them. Through frequency control, you have been steered to look outside ofyourself for answers. When new gods appear, you are ready to worship them. It goes

on and on. Those who control frequency in this way are lost in the samething, and you are their mirror.

As you begin to live according to your own guidance and your owndaring, everything changes completely. This is occurring in many places. Just as thoughttravels on Earth, there are highways on which thought can be directed throughout thecosmos. The gridworks and creative cosmic rays are part of an intergalactic system thatdirects what you believe into other places of existence. So even today you are a livinginspiration to others as a frequency that is fed into other systems.

In the same way that we pull energy from other systems into yoursystem, you send energy to other systems and affect them-and you don't know it. We wantyou to realize your impact and the power you have to affect systems. You don't even knowhow powerful you are, and that is why you could be dangerous. You have taken on anincredible amount of this mutating energy. What are you going to do with it? How are yougoing to direct it? Do you love yourself?

The Original Planners are after much more than this particular zonehere: they are after a shift in the universal DNA. They want the entire universe toorchestrate a new symphony in consciousness. They are not only after the reestablishmentof frequency availability on Earth. Their game is much bigger: they are after arestructuring of the vibratory rate of this entire universe. They are creating this bygoing into key zones to infiltrate and bring about a simultaneous implosion. There will bea universal awakening within these various centers so that the entire universe will changeits frequency in its own time.

The Original Planners have solicited the interest of Prime Creator.Prime Creator learns from all things that exist because it is all things. Just as you arelearning to honor your lessons, the things that you manifest for yourself, Prime Creatorhonors all creations. Prime Creator lets its creations be and learns about its ownpotential by watching what it has birthed, just as a wise parent learns from its children.Prime Creator needs you to go out and bring the newest inventions unto it so that it canexperience and evolve.

Prime Creator has turned its energy toward this free-will zone because,from a vast point in your future, it has been shown where this experiment will go if leftunchecked and unattended. Energy could simply run rampant and own other energy. There is avast probability that reaches out for hundreds and thousands of years of a dictatorship inthis universal system. From a place far into the future, this experiment is beingreworked: its essential energy is being transmuted and transformed. You are a part of thattransformation by going into the bowels of the system in various disguises and becomingawakened.

The human portion of you has delineated who is a good guy and who is abad guy and who is who in the space hierarchy. There have been tremendous amounts ofliterature on this subject, and you have bought it all. Smash all of those ideas. Smashevery one of them, including who you think we are.

Over the next number of years, those who come from the skies may not bemembers of the Family of Light. They will be the mirror of those upon the planet. We havesaid to you that your lesson is authority-to become your own authority and to stop givingover your decision-making process to governmental people or parents or teachers or gods. Itis time for the people of Earth to become sovereign.

Humans are going to need to be tricked before they can become aware.Many of you may find that you will be very frustrated. You will see things that otherswill not see; you will see a mass mania occurring upon this planet, and you will not beable to live with it. You will see masses of people walk toward a false god that isfoolishness.

You are beginning to feel what may be coming. It is an awesome task tocarry light: once you put it in your body, there is no stopping it. There is no saying,"I quit the light team. I won't be recognized as a member of the Family ofLight." Some of you may want to do this sometimes, but once light is there, that isit.

We want you to realize that those space beings on and round this planetwho you feel are "bad guys"-and with whom your government forces have madedeals-are dealing with the same issues that you are. They are beings who are reflectingyour beliefs and drama back at you. They have been accused of heinous behavior, ofperforming mutations and abductions upon the human species, which has sent out a cry amongmany of the organizational members of UFO study.

Yet, these beings act as a mirror to show you your own world: what youacquiesce to and what you acquiesce to let your leaders do all over the world. How is youracquiescence to the government and media, and the way you are used, different from a cowwho is mutilated by an extraterrestrial? These extraterrestrials who come here do nothingdifferent than your own species does. The masses allow the leaders to do as they wish intheir name because the masses do not rise up and say, "Hey, I do not approve ofthis!" There is a complacency upon Earth. The consciousness on this planet is,"You do it for me. I don't want to be responsible. You become my government official.You become my teacher. You become my boss. Someone tell me what to do."

These extraterrestrials mirror this to you. Remember the movie V thatwas shown on television a few years ago? That movie gives you some idea of the cunning andconniving of certain entities who will come from space; some people will indeed worshipthem and think they are absolutely powerful masters. We are saying that these scenariosare going to prove true. There is a pending merging of human consciousness and theextraterrestrial presence upon this planet. It is being marketed to you at a rapid rate.

Many of you who have studied and used your own discernment will beshocked and appalled at the foolishness and ideological worship that the rest of the humanrace will express toward certain beings from space who pass themselves off as yourcreators even though they do not have bodies that look like yours. They will be able to domany things and will share many technologies. They will perhaps cure certain diseases thatthey helped create in the first place by teaching germ warfare to your planetaryscientists.

You will become disgusted with society because you will not fit withthe new gods, and you will retreat. Do you understand that the new gods may be lizards?You think that's a little funny? Hold onto your seats, because you have no idea what iscoming. If we told you everything that was coming, you would have scattered a long timeago.

There are some who play on both teams because they are double agents.This is very complicated, and it is time for you to understand it. We are pushing yourparadigms and stretching your identity because we are preparing you for something. If youare prepared, you will be able to stand firmly in an identity and not be crushed by whatyou thought was out there.

Oh, dear humans, you are in for an adventure, and only you cancarry this adventure out. The nonphysical realms continuously support you, and members ofthe Family of Light are around you and with you all the time. Yet, it is up to you tomaster the laws that we share with you and to anchor them upon this planet.

When you begin to live all that we teach you-to trust identity, totrust synchronicity, to trust being a part of a planthen you will find that even in themidst of great calamity and incredible odds you will be able to defy the laws of humanity.

The creator gods have their own creators toward whom they are evolving.The lapse in consciousness between the creator gods and their creators occurred within thecontext of the manipulation of worlds and universes, not necessarily the manipulation ofspecies. You, as a species, are being manipulated within a multitude of realities. It isyour task to figure out how many realities you exist within. For those beings who aremanipulating you, their task is to realize how many worlds they are manipulating realitiesin. The creator gods are jugglers of realities, but who is juggling their realities andputting them through their creation in all of these worlds in the first place?

All of this is to be felt. Allow your brain cells to click intobeing without your rational, conscious mind wanting to define things down to the mostminute detail. This experience involves raising a feeling inside yourself and then, oneday, at one moment, in one afternoon, having an overwhelming sense of knowing: havinga composition a thousand pages long come alive in five seconds of divine ecstasy.

 

 

Chapter Five

Who Carries the Chord of Light ?

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 51 - 60, Chapter Five.

You hold the history of the universe within your physical body. What isoccurring upon the planet now is the literal mutation of your physical body, for you areallowing it to be evolved to a point where it will be a computer that can house thisinformation.

This is going to occur due to biogenetic engineering that really hasnothing to do with you. You can facilitate the process, of course, by intendingcooperation with it. As a species, you are being biogenetically altered by the beings whocreated you and who redesign your DNA at periodic junctures in your history.

This time period was designed by the original creator gods or projectdesigners for them to come back and take over this place and return it to its originalplan. Millions have been called to participate in this project. Millions have said,"Yes, we are renegades. Let us go and take back this project and see if we can set itright. We will rebuild the ruins and put it together."

So the plans have been drawn and the designs made and the geneticsstudied to find who carries the recessive genes and the chord of light inside them. Youhave selected with great clarity the parentage that genealogically provides you with thefullest accessibility to combinations of light-encoded filaments that can potentiallyevolve.

Before you came into the body, all of you committed to designing eventsthat would fire your codings, or blueprints that would activate your memories. Then youcame into the body and you forgot. All of you have had your blueprints and codings firedto some extent because you understand that there is a divine purpose or Divine Plan thatyou are a part of. The firing of the codings and the realization of your identity aregoing to become phenomenally intense. The reason for this is the evolving DNA. When youhave twelve helixes of DNA in place, those helixes will begin to plug into thetwelve-chakra system.

The twelve chakras are vortex centers loaded with information that youmust be able to translate. You are evolving yourself even when you are not on the planetand you are perhaps more involved with other identities of yourself. Therefore, to evolve,you pick particularly challenging situations in which you have to rise beyond what hasbeen established as a ceiling or boundary of what is possible. You have to become superbeings in whatever reality you enter because, as members of the Family of Light, thebranch of renegades, this is your forte. You purposely came to this planet to giveyourself such a challenge so that you could be defiant-not in a way that would give youproblems or create disharmony, but in a way that would create harmonic defiance. Throughyour harmony, you are defiant toward the old vibrational frequency.

Part of the friction you feel with others is that you are on this pathof evolution and bursting forth. Others don't like this because they are not coded at thistime to respond the way you are. Some people are not coded at all for this. Some knew theplan of change and came here at this time to be observers. Some timid beings came hereknowing that if they had the courage to step onto this planet-while realizing what theblueprint of the planet was-that somehow this would be an accreditation of their ownconscious journey and would catapult them into higher consciousness even if their onlyparticipation in the transition was simply to be here.

just to be in the vicinity of this kind of activity is empowering. Sogive due credit to all who are on the planet at this time who have decided to beparticipants in this great frequency change. All of these participants are necessary,because the more frequencies that are on the planet, the more energy that can build toalter the old frequency. Those who have opened themselves to light are literally havingtheir bodies rearranged. Sometimes you may wake up at night and literally feel therearrangement. This rearrangement of the body is the restructuring of the DNA.

Your DNA is a filament; a scientist would describe it as a connectivefilament. Scientists, doing the best they can up to this point, have found certain codingswithin certain portions of the DNA. They have also found superfluous portions of the DNA.In other words, there are portions that they cannot translate or figure out, so they thinkthese portions of the DNA are just there for the ride, and they call them "junkDNA." They are off track.

We have talked about how all of you were built by the creator gods. Youwere built like houses that were going to be expanded or added on to in the future. Youare now at that juncture when those who designed you are adding on to who you are. Whatthe scientists call "junk DNA" has been dormant in your body for a long time,and it is now becoming activated. In our teachings, we always emphasize the importance ofoxygenation, because oxygen feeds the coding and awakens the junk DNA in your body (whichcertainly isn't junk at all).

What scientists are calling "junk" houses the perceptionsdeep inside of your body that will allow you to become an entire perceiver, afourth-dimensional being. This awakening DNA will allow you to change your eyesight,change your hearing, increase your life span, and so on. This dormant part of the DNA thathas baffled the scientists is now coming to life.

You are mutating so quickly now that certain scientists call theprocess a disease. Some are very concerned about it. They have persuaded the government toinvest billions of dollars to research DNA. What is occurring in your body is certainlynot a disease: you are being naturally mutated and rearranged. This mutation occurs mostoften while you are sleeping, so you may be waking up in the mornings noticing thatsomething feels a little different in your body. You can expect that the changes willbegin to show themselves and that you will develop new abilities. You will automatically know,many things.

The original designers of the human body were benevolent beings. Theseoriginal creator gods were very generous in endowing you biogenetically with a tremendousvitality of spirit and a tremendous zest of capability. Much of this information is storedwithin your body in the light-encoded filaments that are scattered and are coming backinto alignment. Your bones and skeletal form correspond with that information. When yourskeletal form is in alignment, the energy from sacred power sites is released, the cosmicrays are pulled into your body, and the light-encoded filaments inside your cells begin toreorder themselves, you will find that you are in the change. The change will be mirroredto you everywhere you look.

The present evolutionary system designed by the creator gods to stepyou up a number of dimensions or frequencies is based upon the evolution of the twelvehelixes that correspond to the twelve chakra centers-seven within your body and fiveoutside your body. This is simply the way the system plugs in. With respect to theevolution of the helixes within the human body, a common denominator frequency must beattained that even those in the lowest possible stations can reach.

There are also those humans who could go beyond the twelve helixes. Ingeneral, however, the state of consciousness of humanity cannot achieve that kind ofacceleration. It is enough of a leap for people to go from a double-helix system to atwelve-helix system.

Some people will be functioning with the twelve helixes within a shortperiod of time, while others around the planet will not receive this shift until later inthe decade. This is simply because each individual is coded to be given the frequency whenthey are capable of integrating it. Many are already having a difficult time integratingthe changes at this early stage of the plan. A large majority of the humans on Earth haveconvinced themselves that there is only one reality and there can be no other. This couldbe the downfall of the human race.

As the helixes come into full force in a person, there is an awakeningof the person's inner knowledge, knowledge that goes beyond what the person has beentaught. This inner knowledge is knowledge of self, knowledge that says there is much morethan this physical world. Believe it. Know, it. Understand it.

The physical world is a clue to the spiritual world. The world ofspirit and self-evolution is on the verge of an information explosion: cheap energy, freeenergy-everything will be given to you. All of this is related to the evolvinglight-encoded filaments, which are millions and billions of tiny little fibers.

As we related the story to you, the raiding creator gods who came inand took over needed to have you operate in a certain way in order to control you. Theyneeded to unplug your intelligence, and so they did, by scattering and disconnecting thelight-encoded filaments that form the helixes in your DNA. These filaments are nowbeginning to reconnect into helixes. The helixes will evolve in sets of three until thereare twelve strands, or helixes. When these twelve helixes or strands of many light-encodedfilaments begin to vibrate within the body, each of the strands will correspond to achakra center.

There are multitudes of chakra centers, and there are multitudes ofpotential helixes that can form. Right now, the common denominator with respect to thenumber of helixes and chakras that the consciousness of humanity can handle withoutdestroying itself is twelve. So we are dealing right now with an evolvement of twelvehelixes to plug into the twelve chakras as mentioned before, seven chakras in the body andfive chakras outside the body. The seven chakras in the body are not too difficult to workwith because, if you allow yourself to feel, you can physically touch and locate all ofthem. The first three are the chakras of survival, sexuality, and perceptual feeling. Thefourth chakra is the heart-center of compassion and connectedness to all things. The fifthis the throat chakra, which relates to speaking. The sixth is the third eye, the vision.The seventh is the crown chakra, which opens to the knowing that one's identity goesbeyond the physical form. When you get to the five outside of the body, you must begin tofind new ways to figure out what is going on with something that you don't even know forsure is real.

The eighth chakra is within your realm of activity. It hovers twelveinches or more above your head. Most people keep the eighth chakra center close to theirphysical body. The ninth chakra is close as well, within a few feet of the body. Once ninehelixes are formed, this chakra will move out into the atmosphere of Earth to become moreof an Earth chakra, connecting into the gridwork. It is a link.

The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth chakras are much further out. Thetenth chakra, once it is in line and plugged in, will be in your solar system. Theeleventh chakra will move out into your galactic system, and the twelfth will be locatedand anchored some place in this universe.

You will receive information from these personal centers, for they arecollective centers as well, just as your other personal chakra centers are collectivecenters. As you learn to translate the chakra experiences, you will discover that life isnot the same anymore.

Not all people on the planet are going through these changes right now,because you are not all coded to respond at this particular time. Each of you came in witha certain order-a map of when and where and how you best operate. Many of you are learninghow to follow this plan of the self that will lead you to discover your exalted self. Onceyou learn how to do this, life will become quite effortless because you will become avehicle for light and you will be moved just by your intention to commit.

Different humans will be exposed to these changes at different timesbecause it would not do to have them occur all at once. This would create chaos, where acertain order is needed. As an individual goes through the changes and translates theexperience, they can turn to someone to assist them who has already gone through thechanges. For those of you who are the beginning people, the process can be very difficult.You are the way showers. Once you are able to go through the changes, you can make thepath and show others. There are road maps that indicate certain events that can occur ifyou wish to plug into those gridworks of time. The greater commitment you have in everymoment to your own evolution, the sooner the changes will occur for the last person.

There was a time when the human species occupied higher dimensionalfrequencies and you had the ability to move through realities and manipulate matter. Manyof these abilities were purposely scattered by those beings who are in charge of yourreality. You must understand that every reality has its guardians and that there aredifferent stewardships and guardians at different times.

We are using the term guardian in a neutral fashion. You use theterm guardian for someone who is protective. We will say that a guardian is incharge of reality and that perhaps they guard it from others; they don't let others comein and change their reality. Guardians, as we are referring to them, are not necessarilybenevolent, uplifting entities. The entities who are guarding your reality could bekeeping out those entities who would set you free.

You have forgotten so much because you were retooled, and many of yourinherent abilities were scattered and unplugged so that they would not work. Control camedown over minds in your society. There are veils of protection that were put around Earth,because if you were to attempt to plug into some of this information, you would not havethe tools or the background or the ability to make sense of these realities.

Now the whole planet is immersed in expanding realities. In order to gointo these other realities, you will first need to explore very deeply your own reality.There is no time to have twenty years of psychoanalysis. You have to develop skills andabilities within a few hours that will allow you to travel a few decades in your ownemotional evolution. You are going to have to travel the emotional highway, because thehuman body expresses itself through the emotions. That is the uniqueness and gift of yourspecies.

First you will need to open the emotional highways to areas that youhave hidden from yourself in this particular lifetime. Memories may flood in as this datais lined up inside you memories about events that were difficult for you at the time orperhaps that you did not have a context for. Some of you may uncover the events ofextraterrestrial contact that all of you had when you were children. Some of you mayuncover expressions of sexuality that you did not understand at the time you were involvedin them, whether you were a passive or an active participant. Such things have been buriedby the human emotional body because it is very sensitive to judgment, and the mental bodypasses tremendous judgment. The emotional body, linked to the spiritual body, hides fromthis.

You all think you know who you are. You have stories of who you arebased upon what you remember of growing up in this lifetime. What we want to communicateto you is that you have a number of parallel, legitimate existences that have differentmemories than you have. You stopped these memories or didn't focus on the related eventsbecause your emotional body could not compute them.

Much of what you will tap into is tied to your sexuality because it isa part of yourself that you have not understood and that you must go into in order tounderstand its purpose. What is sexuality all about? Who made these rules about theappropriate and inappropriate expression of it? Also coming up for you will be therealization of the contacts and energy that were continuously around many of you when youwere younger to teach you; you blocked out these events because you were not given thesupport to believe they truly occurred.

As you begin this multidimensional exploration, the memories that youhave hidden from yourself will come forward. You will be astounded that you could havecompletely forgotten whole events and large chunks of your life, especially events thatoccurred when you were under twelve years old. You will be amazed when you explore theability of the nervous system to shut down the flow of data that the mind cannot compute.And yet, the records are there, so you will replay them. You now will have the ability tocompute many of these things because you will learn to be neutral and not to judge whatyou have participated in.

As you explore your current body, identity, and lifetime, do itquickly. You do not have years to study them. As the information in your DNA is retooledand replugged in, you will be able to feel how the events from this life connect andblossom and have a thread of purpose with many different places that you have lived andmany different identities that you have occupied.

Ideally, you will move out of judgment, and because of that you will beable to pick up the story of what really happened here, which you will experiencefirsthand through cellular memory. The only way you can step into this higher frequencyand determine the future of your lives on this planet is to not judge yourparticipation within this process. This is very complex and very important: feel whatwe just said. This process involves smashing the existing paradigm and becoming a hereticof reality. You will begin to understand that a legitimate, real existence has simply beenhidden from you. It is imperative that you begin to remember who you are.

You are not alone. You could not do this alone. Even when we say to youthat you are the standard bearer of your soul, there are other aspects of yourself thathave figured the story out and are coming back into your time period to create this vortexof energy that is going to affect all realities. We cannot emphasize enough the importanceof these times and the excitement and joy of what they hold-as long as you are willingto change.

If you are not willing to change and not willing to give things up, youwill have to go through experiences that will be less than joyful. All of you will havecertain things you may not want to give up. That may be the difficulty, for each of youhas your area of clutching and clinging. And yet, each of you came to do something here sothat you could get on with your travels and with what your soul is craving to experience.It is as if you have unfinished business here. The veil for many of you was pulled downvery tightly so that you would not fly away and say, "What am I doing here again? I'mout of here!"

Those of you who understand the higher realms have many times felt veryalone here upon the planet. There are millions like you here at this time, forming atremendous support group. You are beginning to meet and find one another, and you arebeginning to thread your consciousness-one fine silk strand with other strands ofconsciousness. You will see a most beautiful creation come together without great effortbecause it is part of a plan and you are moved to do certain things.

The whole planet has been controlled in such a way that you have beentaught and trained from the time you first arrived here that you are not in control ofyour own reality. You have been taught that everything is circumstantial and thateverything depends on something you have no say in. This is wrong! You are the onewho controls your DNA.

You have complete control over everything. Until you discover that andbelieve it, you are subjected to whatever anyone else wishes to do to you in thisfree-will zone. And, in your innocence, you have been exposed to things that have allowedyour DNA, your intelligence, and many other things to be controlled.

 

 

Chapter Six

Unclocking the HIstory

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 61 - 71, Chapter Six.

DNA carries the coding, for this genetic material and its helixes aremade up of light-encoded filaments-tiny gossamer threads that carry information the wayfiber optics systems do. The pillar of light that you use to activate yourself and tobring information into your body is also composed of light-encoded filaments. Theselight-encoded filaments carry a vast amount of data and information, and your body isfilled with them. When bundled together and placed in a certain alignment, thelightencoded filaments work together and release information that makes sense of thehistory they carry.

The light-encoded filaments inside your body are similar to a grandlibrary-a library that is so gigantic it carries the history of your universe. During thecourse of the Earth's history, there have been many different species who have lived here.You have convinced yourself that humanity is native to this planet. Human beings wereput here. People are in for a shock because they are going to discover very shortlythe skeletal forms of very different creatures. Some of these have already beendiscovered, particularly in South America, though they have been either written up in yourtabloid newspapers and passed off as a hoax or fearfully kept in secret. When theconsciousness of humanity is raised to the frequency of receptivity, and the nervoussystem of the mass psyche is balanced to the point that you can have a paradigm shift,Earth itself will reveal its secrets through a variety of means such as weather patterns,Earth changes, psychic discoveries, and so on. You will unearth a whole new history.

The task you have before you is to consciously command, intend, andwill the evolvement of your DNA. Commanding and willing and asking for this is not easv,for you must move through many identities. From the historical perspective of yourmultidimensional existence or essence or soul, you have been all kinds of characters, andsome of these experiences have been painful. They have been challenging and difficult.

It is time for you to move through the challenges and unlock thehistory that is inside of your body by allowing the lightencoded filaments to rebundle,forming new helixes, and by allowing yourself to be receptive to what this new informationin the DNA is going to plug in to you. It will not always make sense to your logical mind.You will learn that your logical mind has a place, a function, and a purpose, but that itis not your identity. The logical mind is overused by many people. It is overtaxed andabused, and when you overuse and abuse the logical mind, you create stress upon your body.You do not always need to understand logically what you are experiencing. Watch yourself,maintain humor at all times, and maintain the idea that you are evolving.

You will be going through many things because you are climbing a ladderof identity made up of your chakra system. The chakras are energy information centers thatare keyed into lifetimes in which you activated or expressed yourself in one area oranother. It is imperative for you to discover your identity in these next few years.

The light-encoded filaments are a tool of light, a part of light, andan expression of light. These light-encoded filaments exist as millions of fine,threadlike fibers inside your cells, while counterpart light-encoded filaments existoutside of your body. The light-encoded filaments carry the Language of Light geometry,which carries the stories of who you are. These lightencoded filaments were not previouslyable to come onto the planet because there was a pollution created by the dark teamthat kept them out.

The light-encoded filaments are like rays of light that hold ageometric form of language. They come to you from a cosmic database and hold information.Many of you are at the point where you don't need to have a healing done on your body. Youneed to have a spontaneous education, or implant, put into your body to teach you. This iswhat will be coming during the next number of years.

Some of the people on this planet, particularly those working withcrystals, will learn to fill and activate other bodies with these filaments. Individualsseeking this experience will have the filaments activated in their bodies to give theminstant information and instant knowing. This is what education is evolving into. Therewill be beings who will assist you with all of this. You are going to have to be able torecognize these beings and to recognize other realities as they exist around you.

When the information in the light-encoded filaments was scattered,there was no burning of the libraries-it was simply that all of the books were torn offthe shelves and left in the center of the room. Imagine if you walked into a room the sizeof a gigantic stadium and all of the books or information it had been filled with waspulled off the shelves and left in the middle of the floor. How could you find anythingexcept by chance? Since humans don't believe in the order of chance, they have neverfollowed the order that is within them.

The information in the filaments was left inside of you, yet there wasno logical way to make sense of it. So, in the present time, how do you find theinformation? The information is going to reveal itself to you. That is the process. Youdon't have to go looking for it because this revelation is your heritage and who you are.As the DNA begins to form new strands, these new strands will travel along a nervoussystem in the body that is being developed at this time, and memories will come floodinginto your consciousness. You must work to develop this nervous system, to pull light intoyour body, to oxygenate your system, to learn how to move through energy accelerations,and to call more ideas and experiences into your body. As this process begins to grow andnurture itself in your body, simply observe it, for you will want to know how to accessit. Getting stuck in your dramas is like reading one of your books over and over again andnot letting all of the information in other books come together. There is more: there isn whole story.

This whole story has to do with your entire soul. As members of theFamily of Light, you are agreeing to hold in your physical bodies a conscious awareness ofall of your existences. You are agreeing to accept what you have done and the parts youhave played in all these existences and then to raid different realities and change themaccording to the dictates of your agreement as a representative of the Family of Light.You have free will within this agreement, of course.

The triple helix brings you into the feeling center. The feeling centeris emotion, and emotion is your road or bridge or ticket to the spiritual self. Whenpeople deny the emotional self, they can't get into the spiritual realms. The Christed onesaid, "Know thyself." Know thyselves. It's the same thing. That messagewas given on the planet a long time ago, but it was distorted so that people could notunderstand how grand indeed they were and that all they had to do was rearrangethemselves.

The work is always internal. When you want to know how to go aboutbringing a change upon the planet, we always tell you to work with yourself. Developyourself. Move beyond the boundaries of self. Learn to become multidimensional, to existin the astral world, and to travel beyond the physical body. Stop defining the body asending "here," which is what society encourages you to do so that you can becontrolled. In a free-will zone, control is part of the game because someone wants to bein charge. You are members of the Family of Light. To what hierarchy and to what gods doyou answer?

DNA is a living history of truth and life. When one is able to mergewith this history, one is able to go into realities without videos, tapes, or books. Oneis able to experience. Many native cultures were trained to find the remnants ofthe Living Library left upon this planet. That explains their reverence for Earth andanimals and their understanding of the cooperation that runs through everything. Thesenative cultures were purposely put upon the planet so that there would be a trainingground and a place of potential memory activation when the time was right.

DNA holds the code. It holds the blueprint of identity, the plan forexistence, the history of the universe, and the history of life in this particular locale.And, it is stored within the cells of humans. The original DNA of the stewards of thisplanet, the human occupants, had a genetic blueprint system that was based on the numbertwelve. The twelve strands of genetic material are therefore connected to many otherrepresentatives or informational sources that also number twelve. Remember, realitymirrors reality. The twelve strands of information hooked the human occupant up withcorresponding information centers in and out of the body.

Earth is now entering a conjunction or lineup with purpose throughwhich the Original Planners are returning to reactivate the twelve-helix system in theoccupying species-the human to date-and put Earth back on its track. When the biologicallibrary was conceived of eons and eons ago, it was decided that the stewards of the planetwould hold the key to unlocking the data that was stored in this Living Library.

How does this tie in with the twelve information centers? When humanchakra systems are connected, open, and activated, information starts to seek its ownexpression and become available. There are certain things that will code or trigger thisinformation, bringing it to the forefront of existence to get it to begin to expressitself. When you are hooked into the information centers, seven in your body and fiveoutside your body, you are ready to receive energy through another set of twelveinformation centers. When you activate your own twelve chakras, you hook into energystored in parallel sets of twelve centers that will further activate your process. Thiswill eventually bring the brain into its complete, full, computerlike function.

The twelve parallel realities hold ways to unlock information that hasbeen secreted away. There are many steps to unlocking this information. You could comparethis to governmental deep security, which uses different levels of fingerprints andimprints to access the final bit of information. There are many different ways things mustbe connected if something very secret is stored away.

The activation of the twelve strands of DNA coincides with theactivation, spinning, movement, and opening of the twelve centers of information-thetwelve chakras or etheric energy discs. This is the beginning of the connection of thespinning of the twelve. When this alignment of energy takes place, it brings and pullsenergy into the twelve heavenly bodies in your solar system. These bodies then begin tofeed energy back to Earth. They activate themselves by releasing what they hold so thatEarth can biogenetically come alive. There are more and more of these groups of twelve-thetwelve universes spinning, for example. Through the spinning of the twelve centers, therewill be a chaos of new consciousness, because when these twelve energycenters-particularly the outer five-begin to hook themselves back up with the planet,there will be an incredible flood of new energy.

The formation of the twelve helixes will not mean that you will becomecompletely informed as a species. It means that in order to catapult the species of humansforward into a higher consciousness, there is a maximum and minimum mutation that needs totake place to create a new standard of operation. This mutation will bring in a newfrequency level that each person will become affected by in their own way. The processcould be compared to a new sun being born in your atmosphere. These twelve helixescertainly do not comprise all of the information inside the light-encoded filaments.However, the forming of the twelve helixes will be plenty to give you, as a species, amuch bigger picture of who you are.

As members of the Family of Light, you know who you are. It isthe humans who don't know who they are. Since you are in

disguise as humans, however, sometimes you trick yourselves intothinking that you don't know who you are either. You know from the eternal portion of yourbeing that you are a member of the Family of Light.

We call Earth the Living Library because you all have an image of whata library is: it is a place where information is stored and available. We use this analogybecause we intend to evoke the image that everywhere you go you are in a library. You justhaven't figured out yet how to translate the information or recognize where it is in thelibrary.

This is the image that we would like everyone to begin to have. It willcreate a greater loving for Earth, and a greater realization that there is something foreveryone to relate to in this place. No one need ever be alone when they find out thatthere is intelligent life willing to communicate with human beings. Once there isformulation of the twelve helixes, which hook one up to the twelve information centers,the library will be activated.

Humans were designed to be the key to access this information in theLiving Library. There are many stories that we can go into about this. Millions of yearsago, all life coexisted on this planet, particularly during the dinosaur period, whenthese large beasts operated as guardians of the planet and certain energies were buildingto store data here. For many millions of years this occurred.

Right now twelve is the system that connects, and if you lookaround, you will see it everywhere. It was a symbolic insertion for a reason: so that youwould someday figure out that it connects you to something somewhere else. It is not yournatural rhythm but is a group agreement to use the energy of twelve in many differentsystems of reality. It is a coded formula. Many things that make no sense to the logicalmind make a tremendous amount of sense to the light-encoded filaments and to the body asit is becoming more sensitive.

There are those who would say that this is a very inefficient systemand that it is not a natural flow. But this system of twelve is the flow that this planetwas adjusted to. In actuality, if you, look, you are a system of thirteen. How many timesa year does the moon come full? Thirteen. The system of thirteen will come. You will opento it soon because you will move past time. The energy of thirteen moves beyond logic andbeyond the forced system.

Now, as we have indicated, the Family of Light has come onto the planetto receive energy from the Original Planners. This energy will create a genetic alterationand reactivate and rebundle the light-encoded filaments. The filaments will make up thetwelve-helix system that can move the body into activation. This will make human beingsvery valuable because they will then be ready to be used to access the data that is storedin Earth.

What is this data that is so important? It is disguised in insects andflowers and pigs and donkey tails and rabbit ears and all kinds of things, and it is foryou to discover. We want to emphasize that when the data was stored in the twelvelibraries, it was stored in many different layers. When you came into the libraries, therewere different codes of clearance. In other words, there were many different ways ofentering the libraries. You could not just walk in and say, "I have free clearance toreceive all of this information." Just as there is now security clearance within yourgovernment, so the libraries holding this information had security systems.

There was reason to build the libraries in the first place, for thepulsation of tyranny was beating at the time. There was concern on the part of certainenergies, the Keepers of Time, that information might get into the wrong hands. So, veryplayfully, libraries were designed in many different modes. The other libraries, orworlds, are not at all like your world. The task for the Keepers of Time was to engineer aproject through which consciousness could evolve, have information, and be utilized toaccess information.

Originally; the role of the human occupant as the way shower to thelibrary was one of great honor. Without the human occupant, one could not access thelibrary; and the more tuned in the human occupant was, the more one could access thelibrary. The human occupant had a certain pride in being loose enough and connected enoughto find the data in all things.

If humans were the library cards, then some were better library cardsthan others. There was training that went into being the library card, and when beingscame who wanted to find information on the planet, they would merge with the humanoccupant who was coded to respond to certain codes. If someone had a low code, they mightonly see a certain amount of something; each one came with the purpose of accessingspecific information. Information was not withheld from someone because it was secretive,but because the information was not electromagnetically suited to their biologicalstructure.

Data must be able to penetrate the belief system of an individual;otherwise, the individual could blow up if they are overwhelmed with energy that is notstrongly tempered with love. When something is strongly tempered with love, it preventsthe individual from blowing apart and keeps them focused on receiving a very enlargedconcept. This is how large concepts are transduced onto this planet: they ride the lovefrequency.

Light frequency cannot carry large concepts because it is not connectedwith emotion. Love frequency is connected with emotion. When an individual is creating anexpanded concept of themselves, there must be a love that gives the individual purpose.Without love, the individual does not feel there is purpose, and the individual mustalways feel connected with purpose to understand how vast things are.

You are going to discover someday that sex is part of the process. Whenyou own your own sexuality, you will see the opportunities you have to express it, and youwill decide whether you want to express it in those ways or not. As you become accessible,and as others utilize you to discover. the library, you may have very interestingencounters as the years evolve. If you go back and study the scriptures and ancientmanuscripts, you will understand that the gods came down and intermingled with thedaughters of human beings.

Sexuality has been used to spark the library card. There is somethingvery dangerous in this, however, because it has been misused. That is why it is veryimportant to own your sexuality and be very certain whom you share it with. Wedon't want any of you to be in a position to be bought or enticed. You are advised to lookand see if you experience others as being honest and having integrity or whether they areflattering you. You are becoming stewards for power.

There are traditionalists who feel we are making entirely too muchinformation available without supervision. We say that Earth is headed for a majorcollision, so no holds barred. We are flooding the planet, as are many others, withopportunities to remember. So, as you begin to amass this knowledge and these abilities,there will be others attracted to you for their own reasons because of what they canaccess through you.

When you are sexual with someone, it is like opening an avenue to theother libraries. It has to do with many, many things. Part of what we want all of you todo is love and honor your bodies, love yourself, and make certain that if you are going tobe sexual with someone that the person really love you. It doesn't mean you aregoing to marry them. But there has to be love so that you know who you are bonding with;in this way, the discoveries that you make move between the two of you. We are not so muchwarning you as we are informing you, because you will see things happen to others who arenot careful of their power.

In other words, sexuality is not something to fool around with. It is away to open many avenues. If one does not approach it carefully, one can attract energieseven without having a partner. If one is using sexuality to activate information, onecould invite the wrong energies in. So be aware of the frequency of sexuality, because itbrings up the emotions, and the emotions are the key to accessing the data that is storedin the Living Library.

 

 

Chapter Seven

The Multidimensional Merge

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 73 - 86, Chapter Seven.

You benefit by participating in the event of life. By simply being inphysicality, you are endowed with experiences and characteristics that you cannotgather anywhere else. To be part of physicality on Earth at this particular time andduring the last 200,000 to 300,000 years is a very potent event indeed, because it meansthat you have come into a place where darkness has been reigning. You have had to struggleto open your eyes in any capacity and to recognize joy and upliftment. If you think backover modern history, you will find that it has been a rare event indeed for people to havehad uplifting lives. Therefore, you must birth upliftment for yourself, and you mustconvince yourself that you can do it.

The nature of existence on Earth has been a struggle between light anddarkness for many eons. Some would call it a struggle between good and bad, or upliftmentand evil. We will simply say that it is an event and place where certain laws and rulesexist and that Earth is certainly not the only place in existence that deals with thesekinds of challenges.

You are unique in that the biogenetic structure you operate Within hasmuch greater capability than you have ever dreamed of. It is so interesting to watch youperform within these struggles, because you have been convinced that you can utilize onlya small percentage of your potential. In actuality, you are grand creatures designed inthe image of gods. Even gifted with this incredible potential, you have been controlled tosuch an extent that that potential has been denied its own existence. Most people use only3 or 4 percent of their capabilities. Those who are more advanced may use 12 to 15 percentof their capabilities. Where does that leave most people? Where is the other 80 or 90percent? What can that 90 percent of capabilities do? That 9o percent is awakening now,and the ancient eves are going to begin to remember and see what the self is capable ofbeing. When the ancient eyes are open, and you recognize your true potential, you willstop arguing with yourselves. You will stop arguing for limitation and will begin to movebeyond the things that you insist on using to hold yourselves back.

In ancient Egypt, it took many lifetimes for the initiates trained inthe priesthoods to completely open their eyes to other realities. They were trained toreincarnate into certain families and to remember who they were. Mothers and fathersunderstood who they would be birthing because they would dream of it. They would know whowas coming into their bodies before they even moved into conception. The eyes were muchmore open then, and could see into many different realities. They were called the eyes ofHorus because they could look into many different worlds-the world of waking and the worldof sleeping, the world of death and the world of dreaming.

You who are wanting to open your ancient eyes and who are the mastersawakening have experienced training in many other lifetimes. It is now your time tointegrate this training into a body and into a system that has nothing to do with templelife-into something that is not waiting to give you a place for your abilities. You arerenegades, so your society is not waiting for you to bring your gifts forward as it was inancient Egypt. There is no place to put these talents to work within officialdom, no sectwithin society. This is not how you are living yet. So you will go at the pace that thebody and soul and mind deem appropriate for the use of your talents.

Do not chastise yourself for not accelerating at the rate that your egodeems appropriate. The ego has eyes that see one part of yourself. The soul, or the eyesof Horus that look through you, has a completely different vision of what is appropriate.Knowing your needs, your constitution, and your blueprint, you will operate at a pace thatwill keep you intact. Mental institutions are filled with people who opened the ancienteves and couldn't make sense of it or figure it out; they cannot find their home station.Without a place to plug into, the delicate balance of the nervous system is upset.

You are rapidly developing your nervous systems, and there are ways torecognize it. Every once in a while, you are able to catch the pulsation that takes youout of physical reality as you know it-out of the frequency that is third-dimensionalidentity. You are then able to move into another vibration and see, feel, and recognizethat something out of the ordinary something extraordinary-is going on. It is usually thenthat denial comes in, because if the logical mind can't explain what is happening or get agrip on it, you deny the experience or block the memory of it.

It is best if you stay in your intuition-if you rely on what youfeel and, even though it may not make logical sense, operate with trust. Impatience isa trap for many of you because you feel you need to move somewhere. Don't deny the virtuesof the turtle who moves very slowly, stops to go inside and contemplate, is close to theground, and sees very well.

When you desire an acceleration in this opening of the ancient eyes,state your commitment. Thought is. Thought creates. If your thought is that youwish to move into an acceleration with the greatest growth and ability, that is what youwill do. When you doubt, that doubt is a thought, too, and it will also createitself. When doubt occurs, it stops the expansion process because you deny the subtlety ofwhat is coming to you.

You are in the decade that we have labeled "the unnameddecade": the 1990s. It is during this time that all the great events are going tobegin to occur upon Earth. Many events have already been occurring, but they have beensequestered away in little compartmentalizations of officialdom. Officialdom is nowoutgrowing its own outfit and can no longer fit within its boundaries because it does nothold reality as it truly is evolving,

Those of you who are ancients-who are the masters awakening as youawaken, we want you to be able to see out of the ancient eyes and to awaken something thatyou know, something that you remember, something that is deep inside. You are goingto need to trust yourself and rely upon yourself. You need to be able to see, to understandWhat you are seeing, and to translate the grander vision for others. You' will come toan understanding or a vast implosion of consciousness that will move you to know who youhave always been.

It is up to you and only you to undo the locks and allow yourselves togo forward. We have spoken about your beliefs and the importance of thought. We emphasizeover and over again that you are a result of thought, that thought is, andthat this is the essence of understanding, manipulating, and working within your world.When you begin to take this process from the intellect and put it inside the body, andwhen you begin to commit to live your life this way, then the ancient eyes will reallybegin to see.

As you begin to view your soul's history, your identity in thisparticular body-the "I"-may seem to be very insignificant. You had a magnificentessence expressed on this planet in very ancient times, and there is so much more going onthan you can presently perceive. It is as if existence is a book three feet thick and youare on the first couple of pages on this planet with the awakening of the New Age. You aregoing to go through this whole book in your lifetimes.

As you compute all of this information, the story will flood yourconsciousness as you begin to drop the boundaries of where you think you and civilizationexisted and came from. As you begin to disassemble your identity, cherish, honor, and lovethe variety of identities that are you, and do not feel that any of them areinsignificant. Honor each one, whether you are picking strawberries in the fields orlooking for cigarette butts on the street corners. Allow the aspect of self that carriesthe primordial fire to express itself through you. You can still be the "I" whenit is appropriate to be the "I." Then, when the vastness of energy wishesto utilize your physical vehicle as part of the plan to effect reality, the "I"is not annihilated. Instead, the "I" is incorporated: this is becomingmultidimensional. This is being able to move.

You each know that you are here in a time sequence that is quiteprofound. The age that has been written about, whispered about, and spoken about is uponyou. It is the age when humanity physically mutates before your eyes and literally turnsinto something that it was not a short time before. What do human beings turn into? It isquite simple: human beings turn into multidimensional beings.

This is a big word and a big concept. However, it is something thatwill be as familiar to you as tying your own shoes. Multidimensional humans are humansthat consciously exist in many different places all at once. Humans are mutating orevolving into beings with the ability to flip from one station to another and tounderstand the grandness of who they are-that they do not end where their skin ends. Humanbeings do not end where the aura or etheric body ends; they exist in many differentrealities.

This is the age of the multidimensional self: the self who can movewith awareness in many different realities; the self who can eventually bilocate anddisappear; the self who can move into fourth-dimensional consciousness-the perceiver, notthe thinker. It is the age of the self who understands that the thinking portion of theself is very important but that it is not to be the CEO of the physical body; it is to bean advisor.

Intuition is the avenue that you are now being guided to cultivate tobring about a marriage of consciousness. It is the marriage of the male aspect, which islogical, with the female aspect, which is feeling. It involves bringing them together tobecome one.

It is time to get moving. You are at a very crucial point, and it istime for a huge change, a huge leap, a giving up, a releasing, and a letting go. It istime to completely allow light and spirit to move you throughout your existence, and timeto let yourself become one with the multidimensional aspects of self and portions of selfthat you have no idea exist. These aspects of self really do exist. They areconnected to you and are using you, the standard bearer of your soul, as the vehicle ofmovement for light in this universe at this time.

Those within our group who plotted the probabilities of Prime Creatorwere correct in much of their time travel and anticipation. Indeed, Prime Creator issending a change of vibration to this area of existence, this free-will zone ofconsciousness. The action is taking place here on Earth now. It is starting here, at thiscorner of your galaxy, on the fringes, at this end of the universe.

This is a vast experiment, and it is with great excitement and greatlonging that each of you came to participate in it. Have courage. We cannot emphasize thatenough: have courage. Follow your inner guidance and trust yourselves. Call energyinto your physical bodies and utilize it. Defy the laws of humanity, because that is whatyou came here to do. You are renegades, and we are renegades as well.

There are those who cannot travel this route of consciousness, and thatis fine. It is not an easy route that we move your consciousness through. The route willgive you rewards that your soul is after, even though the rewards may come throughbattles. You are bushwhacking through consciousness, and you will come to a place wherethe vistas are grand and you have completely new options about where to go both on and offthis planet. Those who are involved with you will discover that they have newoptions as well. All of the consciousnesses drawn to this planet at this time will begin aspark of evolution that will change the universal structure. Think big. Thinkreally big and go for it.

Who are these multidimensional selves? Many times you have been led tobelieve that there are other portions of yourself that are much more together than you areand that know much more than you do. To some extent that was true, and to some extent itis still true. However, you will find that in being the standard bearer of your soul, youwill begin to activate data that is stored inside of your body that carries your wholehistory.

How will you know when these other aspects of self begin to showthemselves? This can be very subtle, or it can be like being hit over the head with atwo-by-four. It simply depends on the self. You may be sitting one day and find all of asudden that upon blinking your eyes you are sitting in a different room. That is gettinghit over the head with a two-by-four. More subtly, you may be walking down the streetlooking at a window display when suddenly a mannequin or picture or word triggerssomething inside of you; for a moment, you drift off and get a clear image of asimultaneous identity of yours-existing at the same time as you.

You will begin to discover aspects of yourself that existnonphysically, or parts of self that exist as beings working in space who are truly spacecreatures. The soul is going to wake up. It will know every aspect of itself, and everyaspect of the soul's self will know of all of itself at once.

You will be aware of all realities at once as you learn to ride thevibrational rate and become fourth dimensional. You will develop this ability by firstbalancing three or four realities, then five or six, and so on. You are awakening PrimeCreator's abilities and will become your Prime Creator. Your Prime Creator's goalin creating this universe and all other universes was to develop itself to such an extentand have so many multidimensional channels of data open that it-whose consciousness is inall things you know-could become aware of itself in all things, aware of every event thatall things are involved in, and compute this and not go insane.

You are evolving that ability in yourselves. Basically, the part thatyou are presently going through is the toughest part because you are doubting andwondering if it is really real. The body says one thing and the mind says another. Thebody says one thing and society says another. The knowing is growing, and it is a knowingof what is awakening inside of you.

You must be committed all of the time. When these gifts and abilitiesbegin to be firsthand experiences for you, you must learn to work with them no matterwhat. Begin to know that you are divinely guided and that all events are drawn to you foryour upliftment no matter what kind of upheaval they seem to produce in your life.Ultimately, these events will make you richer. The present situation is like someonedumping barrels full of gold in your back yard and you saying, "Gosh darn it, thegold is wrecking the grass." You think the lawn isn't as beautiful as it used to bebecause all of that gold is being dumped there.

Whenever you get an experience, learn to participate in it; be a fullparticipant in your physical body. Enjoy it, have a good time with it, and learn how tosimultaneously observe your experience, the impact of your experience, the effect yourexperience has on other people and yourself, and the results you get from all of yourexperiences. Then, whenever something of an extraordinary nature comes into being, you cansay to yourself, "Oh, goody, goody-here it is again. What can I learn fromthis?"

When you are not having these experiences, begin to fantasize, to takecharge of your life, and to act as if you can command or move one of these experiences thenext time it sneaks up on you. You can do this the same way you may have learned to comeawake in a dream and command that you not be chased by boogie men or to make the bell ringwhen you are just about to get an "F." You must, as individuals and as aspecies, cultivate this kind of belief or intention over all experiences of life.

There is a convergence of your selves about to occur on this planet.The selves that you are going to meet are coming from all over the universe. There areselves that petrify you when you think about them and selves that you could die of a heartattack looking at. They are selves that are you.

Earth is going through an initiation at this time. You are goingthrough an initiation because you are part of Earth, and you cannot separate yourself fromthis system. Earth is transforming itself and intending to act as a domino for your solarsystem.

It is intending to merge multiple worlds into one, to be groundedenough to allow all those worlds to exist, and to translate the experience. This is whatEarth is up to. So, of course, you all must be up to the same thing.

The 3-D world is headed for a collision of dimensions-not a collisionof worlds, a collision of dimensions. Many dimensions are going to come crashing into eachother. Some of these dimensions may seem horrifying and very frightening. The test, theinitiation-and initiation always means to move through another reality to conquer it andtransmute it-is to be faced with these energies and entities that seemingly are ofincredible darkness and to understand that they are coming to merge with you because they areyou. They are part of your multidimensional self, and you are the standard bearer, andyou are light. Dark will come to light. Be very clear when you deal with thesethings. If you are hesitating about something, do not do it. Be clear.

We define light as the promoting, dispensing, and sharing ofinformation. Dark is the controlling and withholding of information. Think about this andfeel it. You have come onto this planet with a coded blueprint to carry light and to bringabout a huge planetary transformation. You have come to be the standard bearer of yoursoul, the portion of your soul that is going to lead. That portion of your soul says,"I set the pace here, and the pace is light and information; no more being in thedark."

Have you ever thought that there are portions of yourself that are inthe dark that don't know how to find the light except through you? They want the light aswell. They want solutions and answers. What you may feel is not necessarily the intent ofthe dark force but the emotional makeup of the dark force-the fear that vibrates out oflack of information. Portions of yourself that are uninformed are going to come to you tobe informed. How do you inform them? You shed light; you share light. You say, "Iintend for all of my other selves to come along on this journey and for them to get lightas well." It is quite simple.

The battle between light and dark doesn't really serve you.

It is part of the separation story that keeps you confused. Inactuality, there are simply aspects of individual souls taking different guises inconflict with themselves. You are battling yourself. The battle of light and dark and goodand evil is only between portions of yourself. These portions are multidimensionalextensions or reincarnations of the same collective of energies that you are a part of asan individual. Because you don't understand something, you fear it. As separated forms ofconsciousness that are part of Prime Creator's game, you are in a universe that is made upof dualities. Prime Creator brought this universe into being with the components of freewill so that free will could lead to chaos and then to a realignment of energy and arealization of the Creator within all things.

With free will, all things are allowed and oppositions occur. Theseoppositions split off of the self just as the Prime Creator is in all things and allowsall things. The things you meet that you fear are you. So when you focus on thestory of good and evil and want to figure it out, all you need to realize is that you areplaying ball with another aspect of yourself that allows you to play ball from your pointof view.

So-called evil serves a great purpose. You just judge it because itseemsbad. As members of the Family of Light, when you exist in other places, you move intovarious aspects of yourself and play the parts to perfection. When you came here, youentered the density of the planet and worked with the double helix, which is barelyfunctioning, so you forgot many things. Now, as you come awake and realize what you canbecome, you are leading yourselves toward the realization that you are your enemy.

As members of the Family of Light, you have access to a tremendousamount of understanding that others do not have. You came in with it, you are beingreminded of it, and you are now learning it and accepting it. Part of your task is toallow yourself to merge with your selves that seemingly are your enemies and are separatedfrom you. These selves are within all varieties of existence. The task is also for you tocarry the fre

quency of love, which is the frequency of creation, and light, which isthe frequency of information, throughout the collection of your soul. You have cometogether as a soul to gather experience and enrich Prime Creator. As you separate, you gooff and act with free hill however you choose, without judgment, so that you can gatherthe proper information and bring you to wholeness.

This good-and-evil thing is something that can entrap you if you do notget beyond it. You are a collection of an incredible wealth of personalities who incarnatein many different systems of reality. As members of the Family of Light, you come intothis reality to bring information, and you do so in many different systems. There areversions of yourself that are doing the same thing within the communities of lizards,insect beings, or bird beings. You are a collection of personalities. As members ofthe Family of Light, the reincarnational experience of yourself includes nonhuman forms.

A characteristic that members of the Family of Light have in commonwith one another is their participation in many versions of sentient or composite reality.Many of the forms that you have chosen to incarnate within would look very foreign and bevery frightening to you, yet this is how you have evolved your soul. You do not incarnatein only one species; you are travelers. As you are in disguise as humans, you may be indisguise as lizards or something else. You do this so that you can unite yourself tounderstanding the essence of Prime Creator through a variety of species that seeminglyhave nothing in common.

As members of the Family of Light, you know the inside scoop. You comeas ambassadors to make realities merge and become more informed within themselves so thateveryone involved can release fear and become uninhibited. Part of your job is to meetthese other selves, to merge with them, and to feel what this is like. Ideally, you willbecome multidimensional travelers and will be able to take the force from your body. Youmaybe working in the field, perhaps gardening or chatting with someone or pickingstrawberries, and something strikes you a sound. You excuse yourself and say, "I ambeing called. I will return later." You go and sit and allow your current Earthpersonality to depart. With conscious awareness, you then take that personality to whereit is needed to add to the Family of Light's capability in that reality. You will knowit.

You will all become multidimensional players. You will think nothing ofit when one of you excuses yourself from the others when you hear the tone and are called.You will travel with conscious awareness, and entertainment will come from the self. Youwill not seek to read books or listen to tapes or go to movies, for you will be livingthose things. As you bring the abilities of the Family of Light to this planet, others arenot going to want you to be here, because you will not fit with their gods.

Not everyone wants to be free. You, as members of the Family of Light,are going to create a new Earth that is going to be free. Those who do not wish to be freewill have their Earth as well. There will be a splitting and a time of separation. Membersof the Family of Light know that there is no need to force anything. You are simply towork together in harmony, to support one another, and to seek one another out so that youfeel comfort in what you do because some of the things that you do will be veryoutrageous.

Each of you volunteered to come here at this time to carry a frequency.At this time, that frequency is light, but eventually you will learn how to carry thefrequency of love. The large majority of you have no idea what the love frequency can be.You talk about love and light, yet you do not comprehend the ramifications and the truemeanings of them. Light is information; love is creation. You must become informed beforeyou can create. Do you understand this?

As you grow and come to these higher realms of recognition, you willbreak through what feels like cement blockslayers of yourself that have held you down.Think of the frequency that has limited the human experiment as a radio station. The humanexperiment has had one radio station on for 300,000 years. Same old tunes! The humanexperiment was unable to turn the dial and hear a different band, so the same frequencywas broadcast. This created a quarantine-a sealing off of this planet.

The creative cosmic rays sent by Prime Creator and the OriginalPlanners pierce through this frequency shield. They bombard Earth. However, they must havesomeone to receive them. Without a receptacle, these creative cosmic rays would createchaos and confusion. You, as members of the Family of Light, come into this system toreceive these rays of knowledge. You then disseminate the knowledge, the new lifestyle,and the new frequency to the rest of the population to alter the entire planet.

As members of the Family of Light, you are here to anchor frequency andallow the mutation process to happen inside of your bodies so that you can make itavailable to the planet. You live this process, then you broadcast it to the planet. Whatdoes that mean? It means that eventually your reality is going to change and that how youdeal with reality will change. You will stop being you, as you know you, and will becomemore connected with all of the other yous who are looking to make the same leap inconsciousness as this you!

This process involves meeting and merging and using themultidimensional self. As you reach higher knowledge, you realize you are not alone andthat there are multitudes of selves; you are challenged to understand this. There is noreaching higher knowledge without going through the multidimensional self. This meanscoming into full realization and experiencing, meeting, and merging with a collective ofintelligence existing in the ever-expanding now, beyond space and time.

Believe us when we say that you, as members of the Family of Light,made a vast study of the historical manipulation that has been going on on this planet,just as anyone sent on assignment would be trained for a long period of time before theywere sent out into the field. Each of you has been trained, and you have the knowledgeinside you. Our part is to hit key chords and play your consciousness into activity so youcan go ahead and make the tune or song or dance you are prepared for. Your knowledge isinside of you, and as you agree to discover it, it will awaken on deeper and deeperlevels. You will become very selfsufficient, those of you who agree to this. You will alsobecome incredibly knowledgeable, those of you who do not stop because you are frightened.

We will say to you very honestly that fear will always play a part inyour evolutionary process, so get used to it. Do not feel that fear is bad. When yousuccumb to your fears and allow yourself to buy into them, then you must cycle throughthem and experience all you feel so that you can overcome them. Begin to say, "I willtransmute this fear. I will understand that it is part of the plan. I will understand thatit can serve me." Remember, your power and your ability to create reality throughyour will ends where your fear begins. And we will tell you life is meeting fear. Begin tolook at the events of your life and how you create them. Understand that you always createthem to serve you. You are trained for this. You are coded for this.

 

 

Chapter Eight

Outside the Ultimate Tyranny

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 87 - 96, Chapter Eight.

The ultimate tyranny in a society is not control by martial law. It iscontrol by the psychological manipulation of consciousness, through which reality isdefined so that those who exist within it do not even realize that they are in prison.They do not even realize that there is something outside of where they exist. We representwhat is outside of what you have been taught exists. It is where you sometimes venture andwhere we want you to dwell; it is outside of where society has told you you can live.

You have been controlled like sheep in a pen by those who think theyown you-from the government to the World Management Team to those in space. You have beendeprived of knowledge by frequency control. Think of frequency as individual broadcastingand receiving through which you dial into the station of your choice. It is thebroadcasting of carrier waves of intelligence. The range of frequency is unlimited, andthe range of intelligent matter transmitted is unlimited.

Frequency control limits the number of stations you can tune into. Asmembers of the Family of Light, you must anchor new frequencies through static chaos andbring them into the physical realm. The range of accessibility on this planet to a varietyof frequencies has been very minimal for a long time because of many things that you mostdesperately need to become aware of. As you learn about your own personal history anddiscover patterns of ineffectual behavior that you must break and change, the planetpulses through its own patterns of behavior. You are about to repeat history as a planetin a most dramatic way.

You have come to alter and remove the frequency of limitation and tobring in the frequency of information. When you are informed, you move beyond the need tobe in fear. When you feel uninformed and out of control, you do not understand the biggerpicture. Each of you came to awaken something inside yourself, inside the coding of yourbeing-the DNA-and you are responding to it. This is why you are on a search in alldirections of your life.

You and multitudes of others have begun the mutation process on theplanet. As you mutate electromagnetically, you alter your frequency or the tune that youbroadcast. You will eventually outgrow the frequency that holds you down and continuallyblasts you with chaos and confusion. Eventually, when you alter, carry, and maintain yourown frequency, you will vibrate differently and thus affect everyone around you. They willfeel the availability of this frequency alteration, which will then move like a wavearound the planet. As the planet accepts this new frequency that you have worked very hardto obtain, those at the end of the domino chain will receive it. This new frequency iscalled knowledge, light, and information. It is called being taken out of bondage. You arebeing taken out of disinformation and misinformation and you are becoming informed; youare coming into light.

As each of you has been assigned to become informed and to bring abouta frequency alteration on this planet, you must learn to become Keepers of Frequency. Youmust rise to a certain place of knowledge and consistently stay there. You must become incommand of your body so that you can will it into stillness or into activity. You must beable to go inside yourself and heal what needs to be healed emotionally and physically.You must begin to part the jungle of self and find the clearing so that you can showothers the way. Sometimes you will show others the way not by speaking to them, but justby maintaining, living, and working on your own frequency and having the courage to dothis.

As systems busters and potential Keepers of Frequency, you willobviously go into the areas where your specialties are most needed. Many of the beings whohave incarnated as members of the Family of Light came to the United States because thisis the land where you can make the most progress. This also happens to be a land wheredenial is pervasive. You believe that you live in the land of the free and the home of thebrave, yet you live in the most controlled experimental society on the planet. The tyrannythat has been set up here is rather interesting, because it is a tyranny without walls. Asa country and a collective consciousness, the United States still has not reached anawareness that something is not right. The environment of the United States is actuallymuch more controlled than that of the former Soviet Union, where the control was obvious.

Because everyone is so frightened of giving up the system in the UnitedStates, they are going to be forced to give it up. The system is corrupt, it doesnot work, it does not honor life, and it does not honor Earth. That is the bottom line. Ifsomething does not honor life and does not honor Earth, you can bet it is going to fall,and it is going to fall big time.

Consciousness must change. This is part of the Divine Plan, and thisopportunity and setup are not going to be missed. There has been an overinvolvement in thematerial world and a complete lack of understanding of the nonphysical world that existsall around you, so there will be a reprioritizing of what comes first in life. People willstand up, once they have lost everything, who had never thought of standing up when theyowned everything. People will awaken to the incredible potential of themselves.

In the next few years, a connectedness and communal cooperation willbegin to run through this country so that you will stop separating yourselves with respectto political ideology. That separation was designed. Whenever a people are separated, andthey focus on what they do not have in common or label themselves different from others,it is a perfect disguise to keep them from discovering what they do have in common. Thisseparation keeps people from banding together and becoming very strong.

Much of the political maneuvering going on, particularly in the UnitedStates, is purposely designed to separate you. Look at the New Age. Do you see how the NewAge is separated? All kinds of things are said to keep you from discovering what you havein common. When people discover this, they will begin to get angry. As more and more ofthe methods of control and separation are revealed to you, the anger will build in theUnited States. Events will occur that may look as if the country is falling apart, yetthey will serve the purpose of bringing people together. A new pride and a new sense ofintegrity will come about, because this is what is designed for the times.

The material realm is one area that everyone relates to. Life in theUnited States translates into how much money you have in your pocket and how much moneythe government wants out of what you have in your pocket. Taxes will be the issue thatwill create both the greatest amount of havoc in the United States and the greatest amountof unification, because you all have taxes in common. You may not worship the same God,but you all pay taxes.

In a clever move, the Middle East crisis allowed the government to havewhat it wanted without going through the problem of asking your permission for a tax raiseon gasoline. You see how clever these things are? With a few more taxes piled on top ofone another, people will begin to examine the quality of their lives. You will see a lotof anger in this country, because many people will feel powerless. Anger is one of thefirst emotions that will occur when people finally understand the manipulation that hasbeen going on and begin to get in touch with their feelings.

Modern technology is one of the biggest weapons of frequency control.You have been sold devices for entertainment and convenience, and they are all involvedwith frequency control. We recommend strongly that you get rid of your television sets.They are the primary tool used to manipulate your consciousness on a day-to-day basis.This experiment is so finely tuned that you respond subliminally to disease via thetelevision. So there is an entire generation that is killing itself by watchingtelevision-and supporting the medical society while they are doing it.

Sometimes liberating information is broadcast-perhaps even a New Ageshow. However, you may watch such a television show about how uplifted and unlimited youcan be, while subliminally you are being hit with a frequency that keeps you from originalthinking. This subliminal keeps you immobilized and holds you in a "survive, arrive,be-on-time, be-silent, go-towork" society. Television also promotes inactivity and asedentary, obese life. Look around you. Wake up, humans!

Most of the subliminals on television are done through technology thatwas developed in conjunction with off-planetary beings. The use of subliminals to upsethuman consciousness has become a worldwide program. If you think about the houses thathave two, three, and four televisions in them, you must agree that this has been a verysuccessful marketing program. Some people who know about the subliminals on televisionfeel that they are immune to them. However, the effects of television are so permeatingthat no matter how clear you say you are going to be, you cannot counterbalance what thetechnology is presently doing to your vibrational frequency.

We have said that there are entities who feed off your emotionalbodies. Think about what a clever tool television is for them. All over the world,billions of humans are emitting emotional juices into the atmosphere based upon what theyare watching on the tube. They don't have to have too many wars anymore to get you allriled up-they can simply make movies!

People who need to watch television are not tapping into the wealth ofinformation within their minds and immediately accessible all around them. As a matter offact, if you really want to evolve, do not read your newspapers, do not listen to theradio, and do not watch television. If you are able to be media free for periods of time,and you disengage yourself from the frequency of chaos and anxiety and stress andhustle-bustle and temptations of all kinds that you don't need, you begin to get clear.You begin to listen to what is going on inside of yourself and to live in the world andnot necessarily be lost in it. You become clear. We cannot emphasize this enough!

Electronics also jam your frequency. Even when they are notspecifically designed to jam your frequency, sometimes there is incompatibility betweenthe electronic frequency of something and yourself. Plus, as we said, many of them aredesigned to create static so that you will always stay at a certain vibratory rate,turning you into safe, harmless, inactive, productive cattle.

What about computers? The second most predominant piece of hardware inthe United States is the computer. How many of you go to work on computers and end upgetting headaches, particularly when you work for large corporations and are hooked up totheir mainframe? Large companies are into aspects of mind control; they use your minds togenerate energy to achieve something for themselves. Personal computers are not as potentand powerful.

Some new inventions are going to surface in the ninetiesveryunderground inventions, because they will never be given patents to be promoted in themarketplace. There will be a whole underground economy based upon barter, in which certaininventions will be traded between people. There will be technologies that can counteractmuch of the frequency control: these technologies can change the quality of your air andwater, and they can eliminate and seal off your home so that you are an integral of energyand nothing can bombard you. There are technologies that do phenomenal things. Do youunderstand how technology has been used against you? It has not been used for you. Televisionis not necessarily bad in itself, but it has been put to ill purpose. There is nothingwrong with technology. It is now technology is being used that is the bottom line.That is the difference.

The education system is another area where you are controlled. Most ofwhat you are taught is malarkey. You work hard, take loans out, and pay money to learnsomething that is antiquated before you even set foot in the door, particularly in therealms of scientific, mathematical, psychological, and medical exploration.

What do you do when you live in a society that rewards you for degrees?You begin by saying, "I believe that I formulate my world. I believe that I do notneed these credentials to define my existence. I can be unique unto myself, sovereign untomyself." Come up with a method or way to explore the world without degrees. Educationis actually the pursuit of knowledge, and knowledge can come from a walk in the desert. Itdoes not have to come from flipping pages in a book. It is not harmful to explore a littlebit of schooling, but don't buy into the idea that what you are being taught is correct.

You are controlled and separated by issues that strike at the core ofyour emotions. The abortion/pro-life issue is not a global issue, it is a national issue.Sometimes it does look as if innocent victims are trampled or stampeded by events thatseemingly have nothing to do with them. Of course, that is what you have been taught-thatyou are powerless and can only be saved by the mood of the gods, which has never been thecase. Those who find their lives taken by accident or violence select it.

The pro-life/abortion issue has been purposely orchestrated in theUnited States by different factions within the government to create a lack of harmony.Divide and conquer, and you own the people. Allow the people choice, freedom, and theability to continuously improve their lives, and you cannot own them. Whenever peopleoppose people, those in control benefit, even down to the issue over abortion.

How do they benefit? They keep women from uniting with each other andmen from uniting with each other here in the United States. They keep people in fear. Theyconvince you, by continuously putting these issues before you, that a woman has no controlover the birthing process in her body. You don't need abortion: you never need to getpregnant in the first place if you don't desire it. How? By will. A woman can say toherself, "I am not prepared at this time for a child." Or, alternately, "Iam in receptivity of a child." When you own yourself, you will not need permissionfrom the government about what you can do with your own body.

Violence on the streets of major cities is another subtle means ofcontrol. The big cities in the United States-Los Angeles, New York City, Washington, D.C.,and so on-are energy buckets, or holes, where energy comes into the North Americancontinent-or has up until now. There has been an increase in violence in these citiesbecause it is known that if unrest can be kept brewing and reported, it can be a likelyvehicle for manipulating the entire nation. These things are purposely set into motion onthe physical level and assisted on the etheric level because the more fear that isgenerated the more those in charge can feed on it.

When a woman goes out with her family and is assaulted, and her youngson, a seemingly innocent victim, fights the assailants and goes down by knife and diestotally unexpectedly on his vacation, the fear that is promoted throughout multitudes ofpeople feeds many. The fear that the war in the Middle East brought about was phenomenal.

You have been raped of your life force. If there is anything that youas members of the human species have in common it is that you have been raped for youremotions. Others have played your emotions as though they were instruments, and they havenever let you know the power you have with your emotions.

Always this whole story comes back to emotions. Emotions are liketickets that can get you places and plug you in. You are incredibly rich. If you wouldonly realize how wealthy you are with your emotions. The lower vibratory beings, if we maybe so bold as to call them that, exist off emotions in a very small

range of frequency-emotions that are based on fear, chaos, andviolence.

The ability to use the human will over the human mind is your ultimateresource. This ability to master the body according to your will is exactly what thepeople in charge of the planet do not want you to figure out. As more of you becomesovereign and in charge of your own frequency, those who do not want the new frequencyhere will bring an opposite frequency to create chaos, confusion, and polarity. Always,whenever a society is on the verge of a huge leap or change, there are diametricallyopposed activities.

Always look at an issue from the perspective of the bigger picture sothat you have neutrality with it, for the picture gets bigger and bigger all the time. Theplanet is headed for a major confrontation with certain entities. We are simply pointingthis out; we are not here to promote fear. Fear is what the other team wants you to feel.We want you to understand that you can change anything you want to change. This isgoing to be a game of numbers in the future, because you will work together to bringyourselves to a place of empowerment.

We are asking humans to come into full function as members of theFamily of Light by imaging and energizing the pillar of light and pulling it inside thebody. Command it. Make it your intention every day to operate with a cordon of light, forlight frequency connects you and fills you with protection and information. Feel it moveinto the base of your spine, down your body, and into the Earth, as well as coming out ofyour solarplexus area like a fountain and forming a golden shield of light around you. Asyou use the solar-plexus area to determine what is going on, you will learn discernmentthrough feeling.

Earth's owners have not wanted humans to understand that their feelingsand emotions are like a crop, such as wheat, that can be harvested. If you are in chargeof your own harvest, then others cannot take advantage of you and use you unless youdecree it. When you operate with a certain frequency and sovereignty, those who wish tocontrol you are not interested in you. They want a fearful, chaotic frequency, which iswhat nourishes them. Fear and chaos have predominated on this planet because theseentities have stirred them up. They have divided and conquered everywhere to create thatfrequency. When you operate in peace and love and with information, you alter thestructure of this place drastically: you bring choice of frequency back to this planet.

 

 

Chapter Nine

Profound New Boundaries

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 97 - 105, Chapter Nine.

Since you are a frequency-controlled society, the ability of humanityto create technologies has been limited. In a less controlled society that has greateroutreach or travel capabilities through space and greater interchange between systems,technological advances are quite astounding and uplifting. Many gifts and influences fromoutside this planet have been hushed up. Some information has, of course, been given tothe planet in many different ways, and the resulting technologies have brought about greatchanges in lifestyle.

One of the changes in lifestyle that occurred during this century wasthe introduction of movies. A whole new way of influencing thought was brought to theplanet by the film industry. Just as there is a movie industry on this planet, there arethose in space who have a holographic industry. They make holographic inserts-dramas thatlook just like they are realand insert them through portals into your reality. Since thesespace beings have been around for hundreds of thousands of years, and humanity'sfrequencies have been controlled, it is quite easy to hoodwink human beings.

Holographic inserts have been used on Earth to manipulate and controlconsciousness and to change the story of information to one of disinformation-one of alimited amount of knowledge. As we see it, those who use the holographic inserts are notalways after bringing light or information or upliftment to people. They have ulteriormotives, although they may pass them off as light.

Holographic experiences, especially viewings in the sky, are set up toinfluence a large group of people at once. Many, though not all, UFO sightings have beenholographic inserts. There have been holographic inserts of one individual, designed inmany fashions, projected simultaneously in many different cultures. That is why some ofEarth's religious stories are parallel from one corner of the world to another when therewas no physical contact.

Holographic inserts look exactly like 3-D reality. They are creationsof events manufactured and inserted in your reality to look as if they are part of asequential action. They are used to influence the minds of observers, and they are verydifficult to recognize. You will have plenty of practice in the next number of yearswhen-in the Middle East and other areas around this planet-a lot of extraterrestrialactivities come into full force and begin to be published. Some of the grand events willbe very legitimate, and some of them will be inserts designed to move the consciousness ofhumanity toward the one world order to be controlled.

Holographic inserts have energy fields and can be dowsed. Dowsing rodsmove differently in them because their energy fields are diverse and vibrate at anincredible rate. You can walk into them and participate in them. People may be part ofthem and swear they are real. But they are orchestrated events designed to influence theminds of humans. Holographic inserts are not done for information, they are done forcontrol. They are simply an aspect of technology that exists.

Realities can be constructed and inserted just like movies. Movies,television, and so on are your version of creating reality. There are other, very evolvedbeings who cleverly create realities so "real" that you can't tell thedifference. They are like beams. Just like spotlights are projected into the night,holographic inserts are projected onto this planet through portals. Tremendous energy isneeded because the process involves the merging of dimensions. The technology does notexist in the third dimension, it exists in other dimensions, and they need the dimensionalfusions.

What is the difference between dimensions? Why is one dimensionimportant to another? Because each dimension has a different vibratory rate or way themolecules move. These holographic inserts need places where the dimensions are alreadymerged because they need to play through the other dimensions in order to enter here.

Humanity has been blind and hoodwinked over and over again because ofthe unevolved helixes that information could not plug into. The Family of Light has cometo change all of that. You are here to carry a new frequency on the planet and hold it inyour bodies so the rest of the planet can begin to vibrate at the same frequency. Thatfrequency is going to create disruption of the structures based on two-stranded DNA onthis planet. It cannot help it; it is time to evolve. Earth is ready to go throughwhatever is necessary for that evolution.

Human beings must learn to read energies. They must learn to use morethan the senses of their eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and so on to perceive reality. We havesaid that the eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and sense of touch are deceivers of reality. Theylock reality in. You think you are perceiving reality with these senses when in actualitythey limit your perceptions of reality. You have been trained since you were a child torely on your eyes, ears, nose, mouth, and sense of touch to interpret experience. Now youare going to need to rely on other forms of sensing to determine experience. One of theforms you have discounted is feeling. Feeling-your knowing, intuitive, psychic self hasbeen jammed by frequency control on this planet so that none of you have been able to findit. If you found your own knowledge and your own way of intuiting, you could not becontrolled.

How do you know what is controlled and what is not controlled? Part ofyour experience here is to learn that-to get into a little hot water and to know when tojump out. In the deepest core of your being, there is an integrity you can discover andbegin to operate with. It is an integrity that honors life and honors yourself first andforemost as the life that you are in charge of. You are in charge of you, and ithas been gifted and granted to you that you honor your light, your body, and yourexperience to the best of your ability.

As you begin to take good care of your integrity and to cultivate itand discover the miracle and potentials of it, you will discover that your body, whichseemingly has been somewhat of a burden that you have been carting around, is reallyinvaluable. It brings you untold wealth. With the physical body, you are millionaires. Youmust learn to use your feeling center and to activate and act on the information inside ofyou; you must learn to trust it.

You, as members of the Family of Light, are intending to mergedimensions. Your task is to pull other dimensions into this reality, to have your nervoussystem handle the different molecular fluctuations, and to be able to make it OK. You arelearning to perceive through your feeling centers and to teach others how to do all thatyou can do. You are the way showers.

You will recognize holographic inserts by feeling. They won't feel right-somethingwill feel fishy or strange. When holographic inserts are put into your reality, somethingis not right. As members of the Family of Light, your codings and filaments will not feelgood if you are exposed to holographic inserts because they are used to control you ratherthan bring you to upliftment. They are used to ride your emotions to a certain point soothers can feed off them and to bring you to a certain new level of operation.

These technologies will be used more in the next decade. That is why wesay that humanity is in for a drastic awakening as far as what is really real. Theboundaries of reality are quite profound.

We talked about the portal in the Middle East being a dimensionaldoorway or entryway onto the planet for certain energies to find civilization. Remember,when you leave a planetary sphere and go into space, once you traverse certain belts ofconsciousness you must find the proper portal to come back onto the planet in the precisetime period or corridor of time that you are looking for. This is how systems are keptlocked and intact, and how they are prevented from being raided and taken over. There areportals on the South American continent, the North American continent, Asia, China, andall over the globe. The huge portal that we are presently discussing is the portal in theMiddle East. It is gigantic.

Many holographic inserts or dramas have been inserted through thatportal to upset the minds and beliefs of the population. Since this portal is in the midstof crisis, it is a prime candidate for holographic inserts and also prime for a beliefsystem to alter this chaotic world and get everyone to move in a different direction. Beaware of your feeling centers when these kinds of events begin to occur on this planet.

The Middle East is a portal where many dimensions meet and whereentities from other dimensions can come onto this planet. It is a hot spot. In recenttimes, in the last forty or fifty thousand years, many civilizations have surfaced andmany religious dramas have started in the Middle East. Because of the vortex, holographicinserts are easier to produce in that area, just like movies are easier to produce inCalifornia.

A potential holographic insert in this portal is the arrival ofextraterrestrials from space. Or Christ returning. Or some god returning, or some savior,or some reason for everyone to begin to follow one way of thinking. At this time, as wesee it, it is not of light. An example of a holographic insert that was put on the planetin the past to change the course of history is the crucifixion of Christ. The drama thatwas played out and passed on historically to you is not the reality that the Christed Onecame in to play. A version of this entity's life was molded and designed in aholographic entertainment movie, which was then inserted and played out as if it werereal.

Christ came in as a committee of beings over a period of time. Thestory that you have been told is a dramatized, marketed version-a very controlled versionof who this entity was and is. Part of the Christ drama you have been taught was aholographic insert. And part of what you will discover in the future about the ChristedOne has the potential of being another holographic insert. So be aware. Most people wouldsay that we are sacrilegious and of the devil to say this. How can we question what theBible says? How can we question all of these things? Because they were all said and doneby patriarchal organizations that promoted themselves. That was all they were. They wereutilized to bring back control of the energy on the planet.

In reality, the Christed One was sent as a systems buster, a member ofthe Family of Light, to bring light through the portal in the Middle East. This created away for many to enter and seed a reality that would prepare the consciousness ofhumanity for the cycle that will terminate in approximately the next twenty years,depending upon how events proceed. The Christed One came not as one entity but as a numberof entities, influencing people in humanity's dark hour, an hour when human beings wereready to understand their mysteries. One of the things that was not promoted to you in avery truthful way was that the Christed One was very well accepted. The kind of energythat the Christed beings brought to the planet was received very well.

There are a number of dramas going on with the Christ entity. There isthe original blueprint: the plan of the Christed committee to come in, to spread light orinformation, and to show humans what the human body is capable of doing. Then there arethe beings who said, "What are we going to do about this? This one is coming in ourportal, and we want control over this portal. How are we going to be able to use thisenergy? It is a free-will universe, and we can do what we want." So they created aholographic insert of the drama of Christ being crucified to create fear and emotion outof someone else's intentions and to move consciousness in a way that was not originallyintended at all. This means that in a free-will universe it is possible, particularly inportal areas, for one group of gods to raid another"s story and insert their ownversion of it. At the time, perhaps, this does not affect many, although over time theimpact of the holographic insert is eventually known.

We know this is frustrating for many of you. Yet what we are doing bysharing this information with you is getting you to move, feel, remember-and not think somuch. This is not a process of logical thinking, it is a process of feeling. What is goingon with your body? Ask yourself, "What is my identity? How can this be? Who am Iwithin it?" Then you will begin to release more of who you are to yourself, and youwill be able to figure out many things.

Do you understand why you have come here to bust the system? Do youunderstand how complex frequency control is? Do you understand how fine and thin realityis? Do you understand how available reality control is to the human species-if humanswould harmonize with one another, and act as though they were all provided for, andbelieve and create through their minds?

We said some time ago that light is underestimated on this planet.Truly it is. If it became known how many individuals are gaining sovereignty over theirthoughts and lives, and how many of them are broadcasting this sovereignty and living toteach it to others, those in charge would do something about it rather quickly. Light isunderestimated, and it is a good thing, because light is going to liberate you all.

You have an exciting assignment-an enviable job-and you have all thehelp you are going to need to complete your task. There has been a tremendous influx ofentities and mother ships on this planet that are now acting as intermediaries or perhapsliteral transducers of energy. The beams of light that come to the planet come from oldand ancient star systems that have been working with Earth for eons and eons. Many of themare simply numbered by your astronomers, while others have names you are familiarwith-Sirius, Arcturus, Orion, the Pleiades, and so on. Beams of light are being caught byquite a number of mother ships surrounding Earth, filtered through an entirely differentsystem, and then blasted onto the planet. Many of you have implants inside of you torespond to this communication and to bypass psychotronic warfare and interference thatwould keep your frequencies jammed and prevent you from being able to receive thisinformation. These implants are not negative. You were not abducted and probed to receivethem against your will. They are etheric implants that you called to yourself as tools toreceive off-planet energies. These implants are being activated now. Many of you arefinding that you are feeling altered. At different times of the day, particularly when youare going to sleep, you are hearing a variety of tones or feeling a kind of electricvibration in your body.

When this information is beamed to you, your body must be able toreceive it. In order for your body to receive it, it must be in a certain state. Theinformation is like a current, and if your body cannot handle the current it moves into astate of discomfort. The people of Earth were programmed for this time, and there is noone incarnated upon the planet who can say that they made a mistake and did not know whatwas going to occur here. No one was born upon this planet without a mechanism inside ofthem that can be activated to tune into or turn on to the ability to house thesefrequencies.

We have encouraged many of you to move out of the logical mind becausethe logical mind will come into conflict with this information and electronic energy. Inthe next number of years, your understanding and vibration with the frequencies coming toyou will be like turning on your own radio. You will have a direct telepathic link withmother ships broadcasting to you. There will come a time when you will never even think ofgoing to a channeling session because you will have your own linkup with information. Thewealth of information that will come to you will be of great reassurance; it will bebroadcast to fill you in on what is happening.

As you become more trusting, you will be able to manifest before you alight entity who will come physically and begin to teach you. Channeling, or the processof bringing information

through another being, will become completely archaic as each of youmanifest your own literal being to teach you. In the meantime, we are here to teach you,to remind you of who you are, and to give you an idea of what you can draw to yourself.What we want more than anything else is to assist you, as members of the Family of Light,to succeed in liberating the humans. Focus on the dance of yourself. To what tune will youdance and to what magic will you perform and to what heights will you be willing to pushconsciousness to give it a new definition of possibilities?

 

 

Chapter Ten

A New Paradigm of Light

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 107 - 115, Chapter Ten.

Who are the Bringers of the Dawn, and what is their role? The Bringersof the Dawn are those who carry the rays of the sun and bring light and knowledge. Theyhave an ancient organization, an ancient society, an ancient spiritual bonding that keepsthem doing certain work within a certain star system. You are members of the Bringers ofthe Dawn; otherwise you would not be drawn to this book. The members of this eliteorganization come to Earth at different times to do their work. This occurs when a cyclehas been set and events are perfect for them to allow the energy from the high cosmos andthe energy from Earth to merge within their own beings.

The energies from the cosmos are always coming to Earth, and theenergies from Earth are always lifting up toward the cosmos. Humanity creates the sacredbridge between Earth and sky, which some have called the rainbow bridge. The Bringers ofthe Dawn allow these energies to merge so that the dawn, or the light, is awakened withinthem. They then bring that dawn to civilizations. This is who you are. This is whatyou are doing. So are multitudes of others. You are the Bringers of the Dawn.

As Bringers of the Dawn, there is a certain stance that will facilitatethe commitment you have made. This stance is one of allowing and moving out ofself-indulgence and the discounting of your experiences. For the Bringers of the Dawn,each link makes up the whole, no matter how it is constructed, no matter what strength orweakness it has, and no matter how big or small its role. Strength or weakness orinfluence are not necessarily to be compared; they are simply the stance thatconsciousness, in its own dance of reality, chooses to focus upon.

We teach you about yourselves and assist you in unlocking what isinside of you, not what is outside of you. As Bringers of the Dawn, you are in yourdarkest hour before the dawn, when you may wonder if there is going to be a ray of light.Then, almost instantly, the light will begin to show from nowhere. Where will it comefrom? How will it change your thinking? How is existence as dark as it can be one moment,and then the next instant there is light? As Bringers of the Dawn, you will thatlight to dawn. You were trained for this; it is your forte.

You, the Bringers of the Dawn, also known as the Family of Light,agreed to go through the process of mutation to evolve yourselves into higher beings byintention and conscious agreement. You bring light back to the planet, bring about the newevolution of humanity, and make the cosmic evolutionary leap in awareness and intelligencepossible by anchoring the frequency first inside your own bodies and living it.

The Family of Light comes from a central place of operation-a sourcewithin this universe that acts as a broadcast station. There are central suns within yourgalactic system and a central sun within this universe. The Mayans named this central sunAlcyone. Others know it by other names. The sun has light, and light has information. Tomake this very simplistic, members of the Family of Light come from a place that is thecentral storehouse of information for the universe.

You cycle or spiral out from this central sun and carry the informationfrom it throughout the various systems in this universe; you plot, plan, and travel. Youare very unique in this regard, and you know it. You know when you look at the populationthat you are very different. You love rabble-rousing, and you love to bust systems open.When something says, "No Trespassing," it is for everyone else and not for you.You go wherever anything is shut down so that you can open it up. You operate byseparating yourselves into many multidimensional identities and then going into systems tochange them.

You sometimes incarnate in these systems for hundreds of thousands ofyears in preparation for the time when you may be called on to bust the systems. You havea resume to back you. For example, you incarnate on Earth a number of times soy that ifthe call goes out that Earth is going to be busted open and the paradigm is going to beshifted, you can say, "I have been there 247 times, in this many varieties, and onceI was able to ascend my body. I did this, this, and this. If I go in for this game plan tobust the system, I am certain that I can refresh my memories, pull them up, defy the laws,and complete the assignment."

Sometimes it doesn't happen and the plan has to be aborted for somereason. That is a very frustrating experience for you. However, when all goes according toplan and you succeed in busting the system and creating a new paradigm of light, it islike a cosmic orgasm to you.

Members of the Bringers of the Dawn or the Family of Light work inteams. You don't go into systems alone. You need each other to do this work because youcannot hold the frequency by yourself. By going in as teams, you increase the odds ofsuccessfully carrying out the plan. You are like rays and light spirals of the central sunthat are very intelligent, and you are guided by a great intelligence inside the centralsun.

Light is a kingdom of consciousness, and it has a purpose in existence.The story we tell you today is a story that you can comprehend. Every time we speak tohumans and you comprehend more, we give you more. We do not want you to think that lightis more noble than anything else. Something in the essence of your soul connects you tothis light source and drives you to this profession, but it does not make this professionbetter than any other profession. There are others who have different sources and spiralout with different intentions, and they make the ballgame possible. You are learning aboutthis.

We remind you that Prime Creator creates it all, and it endows allthings with itself. Just as you are seeking self awareness, Prime Creator is masteringthis as well. It seeks to be aware of itself within all things and to endow the thingsthat it is within with awareness that Prime Creator is in them and aware of its existence.The awareness is like a mirror going back and forth between Prime Creator and allcreations, down to the smallest little bug or ant that crawls on the ground. Just as PrimeCreator is in light, it is also in so-called evil, knowing that "evil" also hasa divine purpose.

Many kingdoms of consciousness exist. "Kingdoms ofconsciousness" are fancy words for a concept that we would like you to grasp. Withinthe kingdoms of consciousness, there is a likeness of energy, and there are many kinds ofkingdoms of consciousness. The Family of Light comes from a particular kingdom ofconsciousness.

When your consciousness learns the laws of creation, manipulation, andmanagement of reality, it is quite easy for you to manifest into any form you choose. Forthose of you who have activated your shamanistic and native cultural memories, you wellknow that part of the teachings of native cultures was how to go into various realitiesand change form. The shamans in certain cultures were revered for this. They carriedgenetic coding, and there were very few on the planet in relation to the entirepopulation. They held the magic and mystery and kept the process alive. They wereable to move in the forms of animals and various other shapes and guises. This was quite aprofound science, indeed.

Because this science exists on the planet, of course, it alsoexists off the planet. Earth is a "happening" place right now, a hotspot. It is coded to start its own revolution-not necessarily just a revolution in theUnited States to change lifestyle, but a dimensional shift that is going to alter all ofthe space around Earth.

Many extraterrestrials who are curious about life forms know how torearrange their molecular structures and come onto the planet in disguise as humans. Intimes of tumultuous change, when dimensions have the potential to merge and collide - asyou are setting up here for Earth-there is a great gathering of energies that come toparticipate in the big show.

The big show happens on many levels, not just in 3-D. A chain reactionmoves through all of the dimensions of existence and all of consciousness. Some beingsbeam themselves to Earth in disguise as humans, or they incarnate, picking an opportunityto get a ticket into this reality to be here for the event. Perhaps some of those yousense as not native to the planet and not here as systems busters are here to observe, toparticipate, and to understand so that they can take the information back to their ownsystems, which are always evolving.

There are intelligent creatures who are able to manifest as humans andplay the role out to perfection; sometimes their memories are intact, and sometimes theyhave the veil down. It is not always easy for these beings to come here with fullconscious memory of who they are elsewhere because of the frequency control. You will growin your awareness over the next few years that you are members of the Family of Light indisguise as humans. Part of the planned evolution of the human species and the plannedrearrangement of the human DNA is for each person to begin to open a memory bank andremember who they are.

In different dimensions of reality, there are, of course, differentexperiences and different laws. In 3-D, where you have been locked as a human species forso long, there is a limitation on what you can experience. The third dimension is designedto focus on one existing reality at a time. It is designed this way according to frequencyand nerve pulsation and the rate that frequencies adjust the nerve pulsations within thebody.

You are magnetically and biogenetically tuned and designed. The membersof the Family of Light are much more than human. Characteristically, you aresupreme achievers in the multidimensional realm. One applies for a position in themultidimensional realm as a member of the Family of Light.

As members of the Family of Light, you have incarnated on this planetto prepare yourselves to do your work. What is your work? Your work is quite simple: youcarry frequency into systems that have limited light frequency, because light isinformation. This is not cold, computer-data information; it is information that istransmitted biologically through an electromagnetic send-out of consciousness. This iswhat you are experts in. If you were to have a business card printed up for yourselveswhen you are in full memory of your identity, it would say something like: "RenegadeMember of Family of Light. Systems Buster. Available for altering systems of consciousnesswithin the free-will universe. On call."

You go for it! This is what you do. This is an aspect of your identitythat you all have in common, and you are here in the millions at this time. You are hereprimarily to remember who you are, to operate multidimensionally within the system,and to teach humans-the natives in this place that have been under frequency control for along time-a new system. You are disguised as humans. As soon as you begin torealize this, you will extricate yourself from the human drama and the human dilemma offrequency control.

Before frequency control was instituted 300,000 years ago by theraiding group of creator gods, the native species was somewhat clever. They had a veryevolved system of receiving information and could directly receive on the planet fromspace contacts. They also had many different ways of distributing knowledge as it wasreceived. Distributing knowledge on the planet at this time is based ontechnology-something outside of yourself. It is another clever bill of goods you were soldas a means of control. A long time ago, communication on this planet occurred throughcontact with one another by the use of internal mechanisms, not by technology outside ofyourself.

Most humans cannot grasp that their history goes back more than a fewthousand years. You will learn, remember, and teach the planet that it has a history ofmillions of years. First, you will uncover and integrate the history of the planet for thepast 300,000 years so that you can expand the picture of the human dilemma. Remember, thehistory is all inside of you, not outside of you. In your current technology,light-encoded filaments are being created outside of your body in symbolic form as arepresentation of the transmission of intelligence through fiber optics. The human speciescreates outside of itself what it must learn is inside of itself. It is partof the mastery of light.

When the great library of yourselves was put into chaos, there was alittle bit of data left that kept the species controllable, operable, manageable, and yetfunctioning on its own, performing tasks and stimulating it as a life form and form ofconsciousness to produce a certain frequency: fear. This fear has been promoted for thepast 300,000 years on this planet as a controlled substance in every version that you canthink of.

When a human being resonates electromagnetically and broadcasts thefrequency of fear, a transmission of consciousness is sent out. Where does that fear go?Where do your thoughts go? Where do your emotions go? We have already said that,collectively, consciousness forms food. As systems busters, you have come in to eradicatethe food source, or to change the food source from one of fear and chaos. Those who arenourished by that food source will have to either change their diet or leave this planet.You are here to bring information, light, the comprehension that there is potential forchange, and a food source that works in cooperation and resonates with light. This is whatyou are about and what it is your responsibility to achieve.

We understand that some of you are very puzzled about how to do thisand how to bring about this state of impeccability in your own lives. One of the primarythings we ask each of you to do from this moment forward is to not base any of yourfuture experiences on your past. All of you love to drag the past in as an excuse forwhat might happen in the future. You are famous for it. But you must act as if you arenewly beamed down, innocent as a babe, and ready to step forward into the circumstances ofyour daily life. As you awaken each morning and step forward each day, state with claritywhat you intend to experience that day. If you are not doing this or cultivating the habitof doing it, then you had best get going! It is the way that reality is designed.

As we have said before, the big secret that has been kept from thehuman species is that thought creates experience, and thought creates reality. Allreality is created by thought. It is all a subjective experience. But electromagnetically,you are being controlled in such a way as to create experiences within a certain spectrumof reality.

You who are members of the Family of Light are well traveled and wellattuned to the possibility of bringing new frequencies in. You have come here to hold thenew frequencies being beamed to you from space that are setting into motion a new patterninside your bodies. As you begin to know that this is your purpose, you will begin todesign your purpose consciously, to get clear about what you want, and to experience it,no matter what area it is in. This is an absolute.

Each of you likes drama in your own way. You get bored if you don'thave "stuff" happening. This is why you formulated this plan-this raid. Inactuality, this reality or world was set up by entities of the Family of Light a long timeago, before the reality was raided. As members of the Family of Light, you were theOriginal Planners. There were many rich funds of consciousness here that were free tobecome attached to and to utilize. When the entities of other families that you have cometo call "dark" took over this planet, they did a very good job of keeping lightout. Light is only as big as your paradigm can get at this time, but there are other teamsand kingdoms of consciousness out there as well. For now, we will just work with light anddark. The dark team did a very good job of keeping light out for a long time. However,that time is up!

You are renegades of light, and you decided to come back and stageanother raid of consciousness-millions of you at this time-because you knew in workingwith Prime Creator's energy that there was a high probability that everyone would achievea great richness of consciousness. As you begin to pull this light into your bodies andonto the planet, many people who like drama may be affected. They may be pierced by lightand have a reaction, because the more light you bring the faster it will spread. Light isdefinitely growing on the planet as you remember that you are the native species, workingclosely with the Original Planners, here to take back your world from the raiders.

 

 

Chapter Eleven

A New Paradigm of Light

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 117 - 124, Chapter Eleven.

In order to survive in the times that are coming, it is imperative tomove into the idea of thought manifestation or superconsciousness. Superconsciousness isonly a word to you at this time. It is not a concept that is inside of you yet because youcannot conceive of being so in tune and filled with so much information. Yet, as youevolve, that is what you are moving toward. There are those who are very aware that thismovement of consciousness could begin to sweep the planet, and they are banking on it notoccurring. It has already occurred. We have come back into your past to assure youof this.

Thought comes first. Experience is always secondary. It is neverthe other way around-that you have the experience and then you base the thought around it.Always your experience is a direct reflection of what you are thinking.

Clarity and recognition of your own power are the bottom line. Yourthoughts form your world all of the time. Not cafeteria style-all of the time. Becauseyou are bombarded with so many frequency-control vibrations that attempt to keep you frombeing clear, you fluctuate. You must, as a species, make it your intention to stay veryclear, to stay centered, and always to bring yourself into the moment. Stop living in thefuture or living in the past, and always live in your now. Say to yourself, "What doI want? I want to accelerate my personal evolution. I want Spirit to assist me in agreater capacity. I want my body to regenerate itself. I want to emanate health. I amwilling to give up difficulty so that I can be a living example of what humanitv canbe." It is this line of thinking-this commanding from your being and calling out whatyou want with clarity-that brings you everything in acceleration.

Watch your patterns. If you find yourself denying that you created aportion of your experience, and you don't want to own it as your creation, simply look atit. Say, "Isn't this interesting-I do this all of the time. I don't want to own whatI am creating. If I don't like it, I blame someone else. Let me see how long I will dothis, and let me come up with a solution to develop a different pattern of behavior."

Don't judge yourself. Begin to say to yourself, "I will acceptresponsibility for all that I am involved in. I will accept responsibility for everythingthat happens to me. If I don't like what is happening to me, I will begin to ask myselfwhy I create things that I don't like. Maybe it's to get my attention about something sothat I can change what is really not working for me that I cannot see."

Always act as if there is an impeccable purpose to everything you do.Act as if your highest good and your highest opportunity involve working through everyevent you are involved in. Always act that way. If you are walking down the street andsomeone says, "I've got a gun in your back; let's have your purse," act as ifyou are being given an opportunity for your highest growth. You never know what theresults are going to be if you begin to act this way. When you act as if, you actwithout knowing and without expectation. This is an attitude. If you all could have thisattitude and act as if every event is designed to propel you further in your growth andawareness, then you might turn around and find that the person holding the gun in yourback is a counterpart or portion of yourself. You might be able to heal something; youmight be given an opportunity to do something you are afraid of.

Do not be afraid of what you create. Trust what you create. Trustthat there is always something in it for you. Do not sweep your dramas under the rug as ifthey are dirty old horrible things and you never wish to see them again. Get finished withthese dramas: stop cycling in them and being lost in them. However, understand that thedrama you have had with your mother, your brother, your sister, your lover is somethingyou may use twenty years later to come to a whole new realization. So let these lifedramas be like a file for you. Finish them up, resolve them as best you can, create peace,accept your part in them, and then let them cycle back through your consciousness to teachyou something. Let them be ongoing treasures of experience for yourself rather thanhackles that you want to get past. Emotion is connected with these things, and remember,emotion can take you into other realms of activity.

Do you believe that you only create your reality in certain areas andthat in other areas you are disempowered? Do you argue that you have no control over someareas of your life? Do you give up what is naturally yours because society tells you youcannot have it? You will find that events do not come out of the blue. Some of you believethat you create your own reality but that others do not create theirs-especially littlebabies who have all kinds of things happen to them or children who are abused. It is adifficult concept for many of you to grasp that seemingly helpless children or starvingpeople also create their own reality. Whenever you buy into the victim mentality, you sendpeople the idea that they are powerless and you make that probability one for yourselves.You must learn to honor other people's dramas and lessons. Realize that the newspaper isnot going to tell you about the potential for change that exists for all of those involvedin a particular scenario, because newspapers do not report and cover things in that way.You do not understand the underlying synchronicities of events: your media exposes onlythe external so-called facts and ignores the rich riverbed of emotional significance thataccompanies human dramas and lessons.

Those who are involved in dramas in which it looks like someone is avictim are usually so out of touch with their feel ings that they do not connect how theyfeel with what they are thinking. Victims find victims. Victors find victors. So, please,with any newspaper event or world drama in which it looks as if people are hopelessvictims, honor them and honor yourself by saluting that they created their own reality. Itmay not be a reality that you need to learn from--or anything you feel a need toparticipate in. You must understand that others must go through the realms of density tobring them to light. Sometimes the greatest enlightenment lies in the greatestcatastrophes and the greatest difficulties.

When you go to a restaurant and order something you want, the chefprepares it and the waiters bring it to you. You order it; however, you don't make it.Somehow the cooks or the spiritual energy make it, yet, you select it to be put beforeyou. It will not be put before you unless you go into the restaurant to order it in thefirst place. So you are responsible for it and you pay for it.

Life is the same way; life is like a restaurant. Learn how to orderwhat you want from life like you do in a restaurant and then trust that, because youordered it, it will be put before you. When you go into a restaurant, you don't worry overevery item and wonder whether or not you deserve to have it. Well, sometimes you do.Sometimes you say, "Well, I don't deserve to have that. That costs fifteen dollars. Ican only have something that costs seven dollars or less."

The way you act in restaurants is a wonderful indication of the way youact in life. It is an incredible teaching to understand. When you go into a restaurant, doyou simply order and say, "This is what I want," and trust that it is going tocome to you, or do you worry that they are going to screw it up? As soon as the order isin, do you follow the waiter into the kitchen and say, "Oh, they probably won't havethe right lettuce. They probably won't saute those onions just so, and they won't havethose kind of mushrooms I want." No. You trust it will be presented to you exactlythe way you want it and you let it go. When it is presented to you, you say, "Thankyou." If it is not quite right, you ask for what is needed and then you proceed.

Look at the divine nonchalance you have when you order things in arestaurant. That is how you order up life. Get clear on what you want, order it and bedone with it. Don't keep calling up Spirit to see if they got the order or give advice onhow to fill it. You ordered it. Trust that it will come.

You are a result of your thoughts. If there is nothing else you learnon this planet, you will learn that this is the rule in this reality and the rule of manyother realities. Thought creates experience. Why not give yourself a gift and beginto think of yourself in a capacity that is exceptional, magnificent, and uplifting; freeyourselves from the need to have the rest of society agree with you. Validateyourselves. For some of you, this is very difficult. How do you validate yourself whenyou are in the habit of not doing it?

Your words are either empowering or disempowering. We want you to havethe courage to live your light, so we want to emphasize to you and convince you inwhatever way possible that your thoughts formulate your world. Eliminate the words shouldand trying from your vocabulary. If you were to pay money every time you saythese words, you would be in great debt. You are in a great debt of disempowerment orimpotence. Should implies that you are operating under someone else's sovereignty.We would like to remind you that you are sovereign unto yourself.

If someone is trying to put out a newsletter or trying tochange their patterns, they can try for the rest of their life. Trying is not doing.Whenever you use the word trying, you will not accomplish anything becausetrying is an excuse: "I tried to do it. I tried. I tried." In your own life, usethe words "I am creating," "I am doing," "I am manifesting,""I am intending," and "I am bringing about." Forget "I amtrying."

When you become a doer and are able to manifest what you want inlife, you set yourself up as a mirror for many people. There has been a belief that thereis a limited amount of everything and that only one person or the other can be a doer ormanifester. When you begin to show that you can bend the laws they want and they can't getit unless you don't have it.

If you put yourself behind others and are afraid of having what othersdo not have because you think there is not enough, you do not understand that as you allowthe divine principles to work in your body and anchor themselves upon the planet that youbecome a living example of light. You allow the underlying purpose of light to movethrough your vehicle and you become a living example of what others can do. This is thehigh vibration that we intend to teach all of you. We want you to understand that thereis no limitation.

There is no limitation on the entire planet. Each person on the wholeplanet can operate in cooperation and in a uniqueness of being. Whatever gifts of spiritand materiality come your way, don't think that you are more lucky than others. Instead,simply understand that you are able to get the divine principles to work in your physicalbody and that you can show others how. You can say, "Listen, it works. I have beenable to do it. You can do it as well."

We spend hours teaching people about not being afraid to manifest. Eachof you is frightened because you grew up with an ethic that says, "Only if you workfor something is it of any value. If you do not put in hard work, you cannot getthings." It is imperative for all of you to look at this idea of hard work and whereit came from. Look at your parents and the belief systems they have had. We are talkingabout birthing a consciousness that represents the new human species that learns how to dothings effortlessly.

If something is not being done effortlessly, then forget it. If itlooks like if is too much work, something is telling you it is not the way. Only whensomething comes together effortlessly and simply fits, with no one doing too much to it,is it right. If you all begin to live like this, you will completely change how thespecies of consciousness approaches life. It is not irresponsible or a cop-out-it is a newway of carrying bricks from one place to another.

One time we talked about a big pile of bricks with a group of peopleand asked them, "How do you move the bricks?" They all said, "Well, youpick them up one by one." And we said, "No one ever thought of hiring someoneelse to do it?"

If your assignment is moving bricks from here to there, how are yougoing to do it? Your first answer may be, "Well, I will move them. I'll pick themup." However, you could go call someone up and say, "Move these bricks forme." If you do that, you are still doing the assignment. You are doing what needs tobe done. Do you think we are going to chastise you if you don't do it yourself? No. Youare still getting the job done. You see the difference?

Money seems to be an issue with everyone. You all have very definitivebeliefs about how money comes to you. The more you believe you must work hard for money,the harder you are going to have to work. Many of you believe it is quite normal to workhard for money, and that if you don't work hard for money then it is "dirty."Let us ask you to remember the word effortless and incorporate it into yourvocabulary. Say to yourself, "I am effortlessly intending that this come about."To be effortless is to command to reality to bring itself to you in a way that gives roomfor plenty of energy to be expended in other experimentation.

Remember, your reality is a result of your thoughts. If you believethat things are hard, what are you creating? Many of you have spent lifetimes honoring andrespecting family members or people of society who you believe are uplifting citizens andwho represent to you a certain work ethic and value system. You have not thought toquestion this work ethic or to see if there is any other way. So you believe that in orderto get money you must expend a great amount of energy, or you must be employed by someonewho is going to give it to you, or whatever. These ideas are completely and totallyerroneous. We cannot emphasize that enough. When you are allowing, Spirit will compensateyou in a variety of unexpected ways. The only reason this has not happened before is thatyou just haven't believed it was possible. When you believe things are possible, realitychanges.

State of mind is the name of the game here. We cannot emphasizethat to you enough: how you feel about reality and how you program reality is how you aregoing to respond to it or how it is going to present itself to you. That is why we say,"Go for it! Be outrageous! Do what excites you! Do the impossible!" You can doit. You can do whatever you want to do. You will transform your world no matter what statethe world is in.

Remember, when you learn the rules of the game-that you are a result ofthought, and that this is a law within your universe-all you need do is think of how youwant to be, and so you shall be. Once you figure this out, you can design your body, youcan design your age, and you can fix everything about yourself, because you will beself-motivated, self-empowered, and self-generated.

 

 

Chapter Twelve

It’s an Awesome Task to Carry Light

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 125 - 137, Chapter Twelve.

It is time for all of you to redefine your own identities in a muchgreater sense. Events are transpiring in the cosmos that you and even many of yourpolitical leaders have no idea of. You must stop this foolishness about your definitionsof godsthinking that there are beings who come from the skies to this planet with specialtalents and abilities and that they are all spiritually connected. You are going todiscover as a species some very disturbing ideas over the next number of years. We arepreparing you by decree of the Family of Light so that you can understand and be informedabout your own options.

We have stressed with you this idea of multidimensionality-the conceptthat you can be in many places and can shift your consciousness. We have shared with youthe idea that there will be a number of worlds created out of this Earth. At one time oranother, you will come to doubt everything we have shared with you. Your system will beshocked, and you will not want to believe the extent to which you have been uninformed, soyou will deny the validity of our information for a time.

We can only offer you information based upon your own acceleration. Youmust evolve yourselves and have your wits about you to ask for information becausethere is a divine law concerning interference. There are many who have broken that law andinterfered with Earth: even those in our own ancestral realm have done so. We have said toyou often enough that this is a free-will universe and a free-will zone so that, ofcourse, the underlying theme is that all is allowed. Therefore, there are always those whowish to be the lords and masters and authorities over others. You have been too simplisticabout how many beings control others here.

The Family of Light has been noted for its penchant or predilection forcreating societies in which there is a tremendous movement in all directions along thelight rays. What does this mean? Light is information, so the Family of Light is thefamily of information. There are consciousnesses - families of war-that spend perhapsbillions of years in your conception of time studying, promoting, and experiencing controlover consciousness. In a universe that exists outside of the limitation of time, allscenarios within a free-will zone get played out.

This is a time for you to radically change your views about yourselvesand to break down boundaries. It is time for you to rise out of the pettiness ofday-to-day dramas and events and begin to connect on a cosmic level with the higher dramathat is occurring. In this way, you can be better informed about your own intentions,purposes, and drama. You must be able to understand both your identity and your ability toride your identity into any world you choose.

This story of the Family of Light, or "The Return of the WhiteT-Shirts," as we like to call it, is who you are. You have committed to do acertain task, to be on assignment, and to remember and fulfill what you came here to do.We have told you that your worlds and your identity within them are going to changedrastically, and you are coming closer to those times. You have had changes, many of you.If you look back to see who you were one year ago, ideally each of you will see that youare now much more empowered.

Ideally, each of you is beginning to feel that you do, in everyinstant, create your own reality, and that every situation you experience, whether you areemployed or unemployed, is by your own design. At this time, ideally each and every one ofyou has the art of manifestation down, because it is now time for you to pull the cosmicgridwork of information into your body and plug it into your psyche so that you can becomea broadcaster of this data upon the planet. This is the gridwork that is fired by thelight-encoded filaments outside of your body.

You must become much more discerning about what and who is coming fromthe skies, because you are going to be duped and tricked and you are not going tounderstand it. We see this because we ourselves know how easy it is to dupe andtrick you. Sometimes we do it to you to move you along. We told you that we have alreadybeen very tricky with you. This was necessary, because if we told you the whole story,many of you would have turned tail and run a long time ago.

Ideally, we have instilled confidence in you. We have also instilled inyou a new codicil of information so that you can take the basic building block of thissystem-the concept that you create yourselves, that you create your reality byyour thoughts-and formulate a world designed by the Family of Light. In this way, aplan and new gridwork can overlay a portion of this Earth so that a completely newprobability can burst forward. Without you and the new probability that you are bringing,there is potential for a great cosmic war here upon Earth at some time.

Reach out with your feeling center and feel the confusion that isspreading around this world about what is going on. This planet has operated on a very lowfrequency, a frequency based on survival, and a frequency based on disempowerment. Youridentity has been based on what you could gather outside of yourself. The twelve helixeswill render irrelevant everything that has represented and surrounded the two helixes. Allof the money saved and property owned-all of the security based on the first two helixesthat provides you with identity-is completely irrelevant to the evolution of the planet.

Feel the fear and uncertainty running through the lives of humans asthey begin to realize that the way their lives have been defined is now crumbling. Realizethat light is the culprit of this crumbling and that you, as members of the Family ofLight and Keepers of Frequency, are causing this crumbling to take place because you carrythe electromagnetic charge onto the planet that broadcasts the new frequency. You helpcreate this chaos of new consciousness.

Think back over your own lives for the last year or two and realizethat there have been times when you, yourselves, have been in an incredible chaos ofconsciousness. You have been in a chaos of decisions about who you are, where you want tolive, who you want to mate with, whether you want to stay mated or not, whether you wantto have a child or not, whether you want to continue to be a parent, and many otherthings.

Reach your minds out into your communities and feel how the foundationthat people have based their lives on is slowly slipping away to rubble. The global graspof reality is going, going, gone. The foundation is sliding away, and there are those whocannot see the slide at this time. The most significant reason for this slide is thatthere is new information accessible that makes the old information archaic and decrepit,and you are responsible for this. So you are responsible to a certain extent for evolvingyourselves through this and for being your own forms of inspiration-for being livingexamples for others.

You take a very active role. There are many who say, "Oh, no, herecomes the light!" because light is known to alter every vibrational frequency that itencounters. Light carries information, and information expands systems so that old systemscan no longer exist. So, as light moves to destroy, it also births new systems by what itleaves behind. A new order is formed.

Some of you find it difficult to think of yourselves as destroyersbecause you have a belief system about destruction. It is a paradigm, and if you get stuckin that vibration and do not smash those ideas, you will become very confined andrestricted in experiencing reality. Yes, you are definitely destroyers. You destroysystems where the dark team and ignorance prevail. Light goes in to destroy all systems,and the experience of destruction is relative to how strong or with what fervorconsciousness clings to what is being destroyed.

Who's going to bail you out when the going gets rough? Where is therescue team? You are it. In order to have this transformation take place, you mustuse what you have to bring it about. There is incredible assistance from all kinds ofrealms; however, it all depends on you, not us. You are going to change the frequencysimply by commitment, determination, and willpower.

Discover what you are in your physical body because it is your outreachof power here. Learn to direct and use it and become one with it. By carrying light insideof your body, you bring that frequency onto the planet, and that frequency hasinformation. The frequency of light contains the history of your identity and the historyof your particular consciousness. As we have said, that consciousness was scattered fromyour database or cellular structure because those who came in to be your gods could notcontrol you if you had the same abilities they did. So they did the biogeneticexperimentation and mutation that has been called "the Fall." That was when theignorance of the human species became more predominant. They performed many differentexperimentations, which went on for a very long period of time.

Light represents the putting together of what has been asunder, and toperform that task all you have to do is be. As you simply are, and as you evolveyourself and let your own personal life evolve, truly you are to take for grantedthat all the other members of light are evolving as you are. You send your telepathicbroadcast out that your presence is here, much as we always say to you, "We arehere." We are also members of the Family of Light, and we bring information with usand broadcast it everywhere.

There is a need for each of you to examine the boundaries you have setaround yourself. You believe that you have evolved, that you have a large picture, andthat you see many things. And, relative to where you have journeyed from, indeed you havemade progress. However, we guarantee you that you are not seeing the boundaries that youpresently set for yourself, which still define what you believe you can and cannot do.They are what tethers you to this version or frequency of reality.

These boundaries that you set, and that you advertise and announceabout yourselves, keep you from moving with the information that is awakening inside you.The information is part of the spiritual upliftment. Different layers of reality areremoved so that you become more in tune with the realms of spirit. That is what spiritualadvancement is. We want you to give up boundaries and stop defining and protecting everyaspect of your lives.

It is an awesome task to carry light. Once you allow light to come intoyour body, you begin the process of change-which is not always joyous, uplifting, and funfilled, as some of you have discovered. In this process, when things are not so funfilled, the first thing you may do to keep yourself from evolving and changing is torespond to emotional events with fear. You may blame someone else and whine and complain,and you may feel and believe that someone did something to you.

The rest of the planet believes this, but they are not members of theFamily of Light. There are millions of members of the Family of Light here, of course, andlight is returning to this planet where the Dark T-Shirts were in charge for a very longtime. The Dark T-Shirts have fed off your emotions of fear and negativity and war andgreed; because this is a free-will universe, all of this has been allowed. Prime Creatoris the dark team as well as the Family of Light. Prime Creator is all things.

We teach you in stories. Someday, perhaps, you will see through thestories we tell. You will not need them any longer, and you will be able to smashparadigms and come into a knowing of larger realities. Until that day, we speak to you instories so that we can hold your interest and entice you into areas you are petrified togo-areas where you have committed in the deepest portion of your soul to journey.

In a short period of time there will be a great need to realize whichpeople are really Keepers of Frequency and which are just talking about it. The Keepers ofFrequency are going to be called upon to create a certain stability upon this planet, forthey know 100 percent of the time that they create their reality. They learn how to defythe laws of humanity by conscious direction of their awareness and energy. That is thedepth of impeccability and commitment we are speaking of.

We are not here to bandy words or get you to feel good about yourself.We are here to remind you who you are and what you have agreed to do-what you have comehere to achieve on this planet. We are here to be your cheerleaders and encourage you toremember-to give some guidance and assistance so that you can discover for yourselves themiracle that awaits inside the human body.

The way you can best operate at this time is to be keepers of your ownfrequency and not go around "saving" everyone else. Do everything in your powerto keep yourself consistently aware and understanding of what is going on. Be consistentwith the frequency of light that brings you information, and with the frequency of love,which is the frequency of creation.

As the food source is taken away from the creator gods and thefrequency barrier is pierced, Earth's gridwork will change. In actuality, Earth is goingthrough an initiation. Earth cares about all of its inhabitants and is evolving as itsinhabitants are evolving into an existence in which greater possibilities will be everydayoccurrences-in which miracles can become the way of life because they will exist withinthe frequency that will become available. Each of you assists in making that frequencyalive on this planet by living your life according to light and according to what youknow. This is work of an individual nature. You may work in groups and have certainleaders, but you must, as individuals, evolve yourselves. As you do so, and as you are ledby your light to live a certain way, you will begin to feel excited.

You do not have to work with us or with anyone continuously togather information. The only continuity needed is for you to continuously work withyourself and seek the meaning of what we call the exalted self. Feel what the exaltedself means it is triumphant, liberated, joyous in achievement, and the highest inattainment.

This planet is in desperate need of committed entities who are insearch of the exalted self. The continuity we have been speaking of-that it will behooveyou to bring into your lives involves knowing from moment to moment inside your beingsthat you are committed to discovering this exaltation. This exaltation can be translatedin words as a frequency, or wave of feeling, or vibration. You all understand vibration interms of light and sound. Vibrations are ongoing-they carry and transmit forms ofintelligence. When you look to yourself and do not forget that you are on this path-andyou continuously remind yourself that you are pulling light into your body and are seekingto raise the frequency of your physical being, defy the laws of humanity, and alter thefrequency of the planet-you are producing a kind of continuity that can do more than allthe books and tapes in the world.

There is nothing stronger than your commitment to the exalted self.Once you commit yourself to the energy of light, the energy of exaltation, and upliftedfrequency, you are marked. Then you must live according to what these energies put beforeyou as you call for your task to be accelerated.

First and foremost, live your light. Live that light inside ofyourself with courage. Don't live in the closet-live it. Speak what you knowwithout getting up on a soap box and waving your hands around like a fanatic. Simplystate, "This is what I believe. This is what I live." For example, someone maysay to you, "Careful, you might catch a cold." You can say in return, "Idon't believe in catching colds. I don't use my body for sickness." By saving thingslike this, you bring others to awakening. Speak what you know in casual conversation withfamily and friends.

Wherever you are, use the pillar of light. We recommend that each ofyou visualize a pillar of light coming in through the top of your head, opening yourcrown, and filling your body with light. Picture this cosmic pillar of light coming fromthe higher cosmos, filling you, and then coming out your solar plexus and making a ball oflight around your body so that you exist within a glowing etheric egg. www.universe-people.com

When you love yourself and Earth, and you know that you are here toredefine, redesign, and break the boundaries of humanity, you broadcast this. You liveyour life committed to this. If you ask us how much time you need to devote to this, wewill say, "It is very simple: all of your time." All of it. It is notsomething you worry about, it is something you simply are. You live it-it is yourdivinity. You will find that when you live your light, you will draw to yourself otherswho are very interested in living their lives in the same manner, and your numbers willgrow and grow.

When you make the commitment to say, "Spirit, I am wishing to beemployed by you. Put me to work and show me what I can do. Give me the opportunity to livemy light, to speak my truth, and to carry this light around the globe," then Spiritwill put you to work. Be clear on what you are available for and make a contract withSpirit. Tell Spirit what you want for compensation. Spirit will allow you to negotiate andwrite whatever contract you want as long as you are operating in a capacity of service toyourself to uplift your vibration. When you are in service to yourself and are committedto personally evolving and changing, you uplift everyone around you. That is service.Service is not going out and martyring yourself and saying, "I'm going to saveyou." Service is doing the work yourself and living in such a way that everyone youtouch is affected by your journey.

There is nothing wrong with getting a little feisty with Spirit andsaving, "Listen guys, I've had it. I've been asking and I'm willing to do it. Please,I want acceleration." If you want an acceleration, be clear, be very prepared to takeoff, and be open to reading the symbols as they come to you. When a book falls off ashelf, read it. When an opportunity comes for you to go somewhere, don't say, "I'msorry- I can't afford it." Do it. When a person is put in your path, and youhave been saving you want a relationship, but the person has the wrong packaging, do it.You are operating in no sense, and perhaps these things are Spirit's way of bringing youpattern breakers. If you are clear and you communicate in every situation, you can make alot of progress.

You all think too much about how things are going to come about andwhat the packaging is going to look like. This is important to realize. So when you askfor an acceleration, be prepared to take chances that the logical mind may scream about.The logical mind is going to kick and fuss over some of these things because it will beafraid. As soon as you hear yourself say "I can't do that" or "That doesn'tmake any sense," listen. These are key words. Simply say, "I am divinely guided.I am intending an acceleration. I am intending that I work through an uplifting capacity,and I will take a chance on this. This feels right even though it makes no sense, so Iwill go for it." However, if it doesn't feel good and it doesn't make anysense, then don't do it. Trust your feelings.

There is a culling going on-a culling of the chosen. What does it meanto be called "the chosen?" Those who gather when we speak and those who hear thesound of their internal songare the chosen. Just because you are the chosen does not meanyou are automatically going to rise in the ranks and perform the duty that needs to beperformed. Who chose you? You chose yourselves. You are not members of an exclusiveclub-and yet, on the other hand, you are. The membership in this club is voluntary, andall of you decided who you would be and why you would come here. We cannot emphasizeenough that courage is going to become the middle name for each and every one of you.

Many of you have lives that are u1 the closet. You are not willing tolet everyone know what your intimate beliefs are. You may feel very safe in a roomdiscussing a variety of subjects, some of them very far out, vet, in your workplace orwith your family or whatever, you put a zipper across your mouth and hill not giveyourself permission to speak your truth.

There are a multitude of people whose codings are waiting to hear yourvoice. So you, the chosen, are being culled at this time. You are being sorted out forcourage. If you cannot gather courage now, we are not too certain that you are going togather courage later on.

You each came to this planet to do a task, and that task is at hand. Itis now. The decade of change is upon you, and as you integrate and realize what thischange means, it will alter each and every one of your lives. The change means giving upmany things, coming apart from many things, and coming together with other things becauseyou will trust. Trust is the word that all of you would love to have as your middlename, and yet trust is something you all say that you don't have.

What does it mean to trust? It means to have such inner knowing thatyour thoughts create your world-to simply be quite certain, with divine nonchalanceand inner knowing, that if you think something, it is. It is this theme over andover again that we are attempting to present to you, in every capacity and every means ofexpression, so that one of these days you will get it. Once you get it and begin to liveit, you will begin to change your lives.

We keep emphasizing that the time to get moving is now. It is notnecessarily that you have run out of time. It is that time is beginning to squeeze itselfin upon you, and if you do not act, things can move into discomfort. As we said, there isa culling of the chosen. You have chosen yourselves; therefore, if you do not move intothe work of the blueprint you have designed for yourselves, to a certain extent you willrun out of time. You have a few more years before things will be so topsy-turvy and hecticthat if you are not living your life in the true eminence of light you have volunteeredto, it could be too late. In other words, if you procrastinate and procrastinate, you willbe washed into the undertow of the tidal wave as it comes-perhaps literally.

No matter what the endeavor in which you are being led to participate,it is part of your blueprint and plan so that you can evolve. And by evolving, you affectthe evolution of the planet. Everything you do is for your evolution. As you come intocomprehension of who humans are and what this place is, you begin to open new pathways forothers. You will find that events you never imagined will somehow be put together beforeyou. These will be things that are beyond your comprehension "setups," as welike to call them, or opportunities you never thought of. This is when you will know thatyou are living your light and doing so with courage.

There is a good possibility that light carriers will come into questionin the next few years. Understand that this is part of the plan. All of you must have aclear intention as to how you would like your reality to be designed. This does not meanthat you are not flexible; it means that you operate with clarity. You say, "To myguides and all of those who are assisting me in my evolutionary journey on Earth: It is myintention that I be successful. It is my intention that I be always safe in all thingsthat I do. It is my intention that I receive love and give love in all things that I do.It is my intention that I have a good time and that I be provided for with prosperityaccording to my needs. It is my intention that I not become overly enamored of thematerial world."

Though you must do your own work to evolve, there are manyoff-planetary and nonphysical beings ready to work with you. All you need do is call themfor assistance. When you do, always state clearly that any assistance come to you fromlight. Stay in your integrity and be aware. On this planet, it is assumed that if someoneis intelligent they are spiritually aware. This is absolutely a falsehood! Someonecan be brilliant and learn to transcend human laws and yet still not operate with thefrequency of light or the frequency of love. Be aware of this and be clear about theassistance you call to yourself.

We have mentioned many times that light frequency brings information.Love frequency brings creation as well as respect for and connection to all of creation.Love frequency without light frequency can be very crippling. If you think that lovefrequency comes from something outside of yourself instead of from inside yourself, youwill do what has been done on this planet over and over again: worship someone who ispromoting love frequency as if they were a saint.

The ideal is to carry the light frequency of information-to becomeinformed-and to couple it with love frequency. This will allow you to feel a part ofcreation and to not judge it or be frightened by it but simply to see the divinity andperfection of it as it evolves to teach every included consciousness about itself.

 

 

Chapter Thirteen

Whose Purpose Are You ?

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 139 - 148, Chapter Thirteen.

We said that you exist for a purpose. Whose purpose? Did you ever thinkof that one? Whose purpose are you?

You have purpose because all aspects of consciousness are connected toone another. None exist outside the system; they are all parts of the whole. That is thepurpose we want you to seek. The essence of the vehicle you occupy and the energy yougenerate are part of a developmental sequence that you can say has a purpose for yourpersonal search in life. But what purpose do you add to the whole? Can you conceive ofsomeone else using your purpose and growing from it? An energy that you do not knowexists?

This universe is interlocked in such a way that it is based on thedomino system. All aspects of consciousness have gathered in this universe to affect eachother because that is the only way consciousness in this particular system can experienceitself. In another system or another universal structure, each and every type ofconsciousness may be completely free. In other words, you could be on your own and serveno purpose to anyone else. That is not true in this universe.

There are many different universes and themes. Just like one hundredpennies make a dollar, certain collections of universes make something that is acollection of energies. Eventually, you will begin to fathom and recognize that there arewhole systems of existence that have nothing to do with existence as you are working withit. This system is designed as a free-will zone, within which everything is interlockingand interworking with everything else.

There are other kinds of zones, which perhaps you could also callfree-will zones, where everything is independent of everything else. Here on Earth,everything is interlocked with everything else. There is much more space in a system inwhich everything is independent. Or, let us say, there is much more awareness ofspace, not necessarily space. That kind of universe could in actuality be much smallerthan this universe, but because it is not operating out of density, the awareness of spacecould be greater.

Your purpose is to carry information and, by carrying it, to make theinformation accessible to others by frequency. When we share a story with you, you end upcarrying information. Information is light; light is information. The more you becomeinformed, the more you alter your frequency. You are electromagnetic creatures, andeverything that you are, you broadcast to everyone else. Just as you can recognize someonein fear, you can recognize someone in joy if you begin to learn how to use your body totune into this kind of recognition.

Your assignment is to carry information and to evolve yourself to thehighest capability within the human form. When you do this, you cannot help but affectmultitudes. You may feel that your particular occupation is not on a grand scale-say, forinstance, you are a waitress. Remember, things are not what they appear to be on theoutside, and everyone you come in contact with is affected by your vibration. Some of youmay be left in very menial or mundane jobs for a while, or you may be led simply to beparents and guardians of your children, or you may do work that you feel is not exactly onthe road to high glory. Yet you will have a certain time period in which you mustassimilate all of this information that is indeed radical. You must fit it into your life,and you must fit it into the history of your world by living it, perceiving it, andgetting used to it. Once you can consistently maintain a frequency of information and notbe riding the roller coaster of emotions up and down because you don't know who you are,you will be given a task. It will be put before you, and it will be part of yourblueprint. Your blueprint is your own personal detailed plan or outline of action for thislifetime.

Many of you already know your blueprint and what you will be guided to.Each of you knows your plan in the deepest portion of your being. What gets in the way ofyour knowing is logically thinking that you don't have the talent for your plan or thatyou can't do it. If you go into a meditative state, you will receive a picture of youridentity and reality and the next step of your assignment day by day. Meditation is astate of communication; it is not a way to go somewhere to get lost. Meditation is a wayto get informed and to go to a place that nourishes you.

You will move into your purpose and, more than likely, it will have todo with facilitating the frequency: transducing it, stepping it down to others, explainingit, using it to heal others, and stabilizing it for the human race. When each of you canhold a frequency of information without freaking out and can be counted upon to beconsistent, then you anchor the frequency on the planet. That frequency is recognized. Itcannot be traced, exactly, but it can be recognized, and it is being recognized now. Thatis why there has been a frenzied step-up to alter that frequency. You will see morefrequency control everywhere you look, only now you will be able to recognize it for whatit is.

You will find that all the things in your life have prepared you stepby step for what you will be doing. At one time, perhaps, you were a Boy Scout leader andlearned how to work with young boys. Maybe at another time you worked in a restaurant andlearned how to work with food and to serve. Through your jobs, you created certain aspectsof reality so that later on, when you must teach these systems how to go beyondthemselves, you have an idea where these humans are coming from.

We speak to you as if you are not human because, to us, you are not. Tous, you are members of the Family of Light, and we know your multidimensional selves. Wespeak to you about dealing with humans because it is your assignment to integrate withthem, soothe them, and awaken a spark of light within them so that they are not alldestroyed and so that this place can house a new species and a new realm of activity.

We have talked many times about the evolving DNA and the frequencymodulation that has kept the species and the experiment controllable and manageable. Youhave been hired and are on assignment from the future to catapult back into this cycle ofexistence to incarnate many times so that you can understand what has kept humanscontrolled. In this way, you can operate from the inside and change the system. When youare in a battle with your logical mind, you are experiencing a conflict between theportion of yourself that is human, which has bought the story, and a portion of yourselfthat is Family of Light, which has not bought the story and is learning about the biggerpicture.

Begin to realize that the portion of yourself that operates out oflogic is teaching you something. It is giving you first-hand experience of how most of thepopulation operates and firsthand knowledge of what you are going to have to work aroundto reach others. If it were quite easy for you to move into intuition and operate therecompletely out of trust, and if you did not have this duality of understanding with thelogical mind, in the long run you would become very impatient with the rest of humanity.If it were easy for you, how could you possibly understand how difficult it is for others?

Humans have been controlled by frequency for a long time. They are soused to this frequency control and the logical mind has been so overly developed in recenttimes that there is much suspicion and fear-a dark place of self that is so controlledthat people are frightened to even go into it and trust that they could possibly receiveinformation on their own. When you think of the entities who have modulated the way humansbroadcast themselves by rearranging their DNA and instituting various scenarios and eventsupon this planet-and then funneling the results of this psychic energy through differentportals out into space for their own reasons-you can see what you are battling.

There are those who want you and the whole planet to function in noother way but through logic-a very fearful logic. The best advice we can offer you at thistime is toy use that logic. Say, "I will be in logic here for a moment and see whatmy logical mind is doing. It is wanting to take over. It has been told that this is how itis. I have also been told that this other stuff is true too. I will simply observe how Iwaiver between one and the other. Am I angry? Am I insecure? What brings me upliftment?What brings me security? What does each mode of thinking do for me? What am I perceivingabout myself? How am I feeling?"

Observe and acknowledge all of this. Then say, "Now that I'vegiven everyone a chance to be on stage, what do 1 want?" Reaffirm what you want,and you know you want to evolve. Do you see how cycling back through doubt is in actualitypart of the Divine Plan? It is part of understanding what others who will be following inyour footsteps will go through. You must learn to open your compassion center or heartcenter, which is probably one of the most difficult things to do. Learn to feel compassionfor yourself and for everyone else, as you all have the courage to let go and feel.

It is very important to observe how you deal with events. Differentevents are brought to you so that you can observe them. Learn to observe your behavior andto spend much more time alone even if sometimes it is difficult for you and you feellonely. In the long run, you will thank us for directing you to have a more meaningfulencounter with yourself. You hold the richness and ripeness that can bring you into higherrealization.

There is an order that you operate within that part of yourself cannotsee. Sometimes when part of yourself is operating without vision or seeing, events occurto get you back on track. Be aware that, in this new chaos of consciousness and confusionand shifting of uncertainty, there is a divine order.

This could be compared to baking a cake. Each ingredient in the recipeis of itself an integral whole and has its own sense of structure: the eggs, the flour,the butter, the sugar. When you begin to put them all together, it looks as if you aremaking chaos. Someone could say, "You are wrecking everything. You wrecked that egg.Where did the sugar go? You are wrecking all of the essential elements here." Theydon't understand, perhaps, the magic of the catalytic formula of heat.

There is a catalytic energy present at this time on the planet as allof the individual structures begin to melt and merge to create what looks like chaos.There will be something new born out of this, just like a cake is born out of the chaos ofmixing together certain ingredients. Someone who does not understand that after you mixcake batter, you put it in the oven to bake it, could look at the goopy batter and thinkthey made nothing. Many people on the planet will not recognize that there is a higherorder behind the chaos-that there is a recipe being followed.

Each of you has a specific assignment within this recipe. Of course,you have free will to determine how you will follow the recipe and be an ingredient of it.This free will allows you to decide the specifics of how you would like your life to bedesigned, although you must live out your blueprint. Whether you choose to do this withdifficulty or with ease, in poverty or in richness, is up to you. It all depends on whereyou have been convinced to put your boundaries.

What can we say to convince you to take all of your boundaries down-tostop limiting what you believe can be yours? If there is anything we wish to achieve, itis to have each of you boundless and free, knowing that every thought you entertainsomehow determines your experience. If we could get you to live 100 percent of the timeaccording to what you want, we would feel that this has been a most successful year.

We are going to ask each of you to make that commitment and to live acleaner and more impeccable life. We ask you to accept responsibility in areas that youhave not even thought of accepting responsibility. We want you each to act as if you knowwhat is going on. Act as if you are divinely guided in every choice you make, and begin tobelieve that you are always at the right place at the right time. Say to yourself, "Iam in divine guidance. I am always at the right place at the right time. Everything I dois orchestrated for my higher growth, my higher consciousness, and my higherevolution." We want you to operate in that way all of the time now. Be living Keepersof Frequency. When light is brought into your body, it fires your light-encoded filamentsand helps rebundle the DNA, creating a frequency change. Frequency is what you know. Frequencyis your identity.

There have been periods when many different dimensions have existedupon this planet at the same time. In the last thousand years, there has been a recedingof the many different dimensions as great chaos and darkness have come over thepopulation. These dimensions or other realities or places where the laws of existence area bit different are returning. You help them return by pulling the dimensions onto thisplanet and creating what is called a dimensional merge.

Sometimes you move into these dimensions and do not recognize that youare in them. You enter an altered state, particularly when you go to a sacred site onEarth. You move into a different dimensional frequency and everything changes. You feeluplifted and full of energy, or sick to your stomach. Something goes on when you move intoan altered state.

Since you are in the altered state, you do not always know youare in it. That is the beginning of the dimensional merge. When you return home from asacred site, you may look back and say, "Wow, what happened there?" That is thefeeling of experiencing different dimensions.

Dimensional collisions are another story. Those who are grippedwith fear and refuse to change, even though their purpose is to be on the planet at thistime to change, will experience the dimensions as collisions. The dimensional merge forthem will be like a solid wall of cement hitting another solid wall of cement. Greatdiscomfort will occur on this planet for many. This is already occurring on a very smallscale as discomfort in the nervous system. People may develop disease of the nervoussystem simply because of their refusal to evolve and change their stand about themselvesand their reality. All of you who are working with other humans, whether you are medicalpeople, bodyworkers, teachers, musicians, or whatever, understand that this is the humandilemma: the need to drift tire definition of self and reality.

Use your will and mind to decide how you would like reality toconstruct itself. By doing this, you will eventually discover that there is a higher willand a higher plan, and you will ride your consciousness to it and discover the divinepath. This divine path has in mind the evolution of consciousness. You, as a humanspecies, have believed for eons what others have told you about yourselves. As we havesaid, there has been a purpose to this: others have wanted to control you. Strive as youwould for attainment, it was difficult on the planet because the DNA was scattered andclosed down, so no matter what you wanted, the vibrational connections were not available.Now that the vibrational connections are coming onto the planet, the Divine Plan-which youcan think of as a grid or blueprint-is coming closer to Earth, and the dimensions aregoing to meet eventually. When they are going to meet is up to you. The Divine Plan is notscheduled to come here on a specific date; it depends on how quickly humans can meet theneeds and master themselves.

What does it mean to master yourself? In order to understand the DivinePlan and move into the blueprint, you must look at yourself. You must be able to master whoyou are. There are many things in your society for which you must master a test inorder to say, "Yes, I qualify. I have mastered these rules, and I utilize them andput them to my will." For example, you must master how to drive a car to get alicense. How many of you can master your bodies and use them with your will? Very few.

Why? Because no one told you it was possible. We are here to remind youof a number of things.

Earth at this time is a very difficult place to be, simply becausethose who are coded to bring the changes onto the planet are coded to teach themselves.You see, the problem on this planet, over and over again, has been the gods. One god afteranother. Who have the gods been? The gods created you. You are their project. You are dearto them. However, some of them you are not very dear to because they do not understandemotion and feelings. And some of them are enamored of different realities than you are. www.universe-people.com

Consciousness is allowed its expression, and you have been allowed yourexpression within limitation by those who have been governing you. From your point ofview, you have never let them govern you and you have no idea that they exist. They bringdramas onto this planet in the guise of what you call religion, leadership, or, sometimes,inspiration. Events, even though they are orchestrated to achieve certain things,sometimes gather those who hang on, and many other probabilities come out other than whatwas intended.

We want to communicate to you that there is a drastic change going on.We cannot emphasize this enough. Earth is in for a big shake-up. The shake-up involveshumanity processing and conceiving of data that is totally out of the current paradigm.This means that your nervous system will be assaulted with data and must be able to unlockitself from how it believes it controls or perceives reality.

The task for you members of the Family of Light who have desired totake this information inside of yourselves is to anchor a new frequency on the planet byanchoring it impeccably inside yourselves. This is not easy. It was not meant to beeasy. You did not come here to have an easy assignment. You are renegades, and youhave been renegades. If we could give each of you a minute's worth of yourmultidimensional memories, you would know what we are talking about. You would know in thedeepest portion of your being that time and time again, in different guises and differentcollections of form, you have gone where change needed to be anchored. You have gone rnanytimes, busted the paradigms, liberated yourselves, and moved beyond where you thought youridentity was. This is the Divine Plan: merging the self.

The Divine Plan has many ramifications and brings together many kindsof forces. You have heard us talk about the forces of light and the forces of darkness. Wehave nicknamed them the "White T-Shirts" and the "Dark T-Shirts" tomake the situation neutral and have you know it is a game. We also want you to know thatthere is a grave seriousness to the game and that in and around and above the game is theDivine Plan. The Divine Plan can be anchored as a vibration into certain human bodies thatare coded for this and that came here to carry this frequency. Then you can rise to yourown blueprint of impeccability.

When your own life rises to a position where you do not even recognizeit as your life, you allow the energy of the nonphysical realms to use you as a conduit-tomerge the dimensions and liberate consciousness into a new way of perceiving. Even thoughthere is death and destruction coming to your world, remember that death and destructioncome in the autumn every year on this planet. The flowers and leaves on the trees arekilled by the frost; things wither and die. Perhaps someone who lives where it is alwayssummer would be very disturbed when they saw autumn for the first time. They would think,"Goodness, the world is being destroyed here. All the beauty is being takenaway." Understand that this is what is going on with Earth. It is a season when somethings will die so that many new things can be born. It is all part of the Divine Plan.

 

 

 

Chapter Fourteen

Emotions-The Secret in the Chronicles of Time

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 149 - 157, Chapter Fourteen.

There are those who exist in this universe who have yet to discoverhuman emotion. When you visit Earth's ancient lands and look at the creations of othertimes and places, you can feel the frequencies and vibrations inherent in the sites. You knowthat there are keys there, and you know that there are messages that there issomething locked within that once existed and will surface again. In the same way, humanbeings have something hidden within them that is very valuable for the evolution ofthe universe. We refer to this data as the codes and master numbers: geometric formulae oflight that are integral to recreating and producing life forms throughout this universe.

Human beings have been tucked away, hidden, and forgotten in theantiquities of time ever since their DNA was rearranged, because it is in the distant pastof the chronicles of time when the species was alive and vibrating very differently. Thattime has been forgotten or shelved by some. As we have said, you have been in quarantine,almost as if you have been in the dungeons of time for so long that as the new eras havecome forward they have forgotten that you have been here.

There are those, however, who have not forgotten. They have sent you onassignment to change all of this: to bring memory forward and to bring the value ofhuman existence back to the forefront of creation. You are needed because you carrysomething that many other species have no idea of: emotion. And just as you need to worktogether to bring your own selves into a wholeness and richness of multidimensional being,there are those who are striving to catapult the entire universe into a new octave-a reachtoward and creation of new territory.

The Keepers of Time know where the data is locked, and you have beenfound; you have been selected to bring it into the light. We have come forward-or backwardfrom our time period-to assist those of you on assignment to unlock the annals of humanDNA. We are here to help you rearrange them within your own being and then to become partof the Living Library.

As we have mentioned, what is occurring on Earth is going to affectthings in many places. Energy is being sent here at this time to redirect certainuniversal forces so that they will come into alignment and bring this universe intosimultaneous awareness of its identity. What is in Earth is like a locked-away secret inthe chronicles of time, and it has to do with emotion. In this gift of emotion there iswealth and richness; there is incredible ability to transcend many different realities andto move through and experience many different states of awareness. Emotion allows certainenergies to coalesce, fuse, bond, and come together in realization of themselves. Withoutemotion, that bond could not be.

There are those existing in this universe who are very ancient and whohave come to the realization of what this place is. They have been working for eons. Theyare ancient elders even to our system, and they are honored as great wise men and women,in your terms, although they are not men or women at all. They are thought of as theKeepers of Existence in this system. They are the ones who make the movements and drivethe system like a pilot drives a ship. They steer this universe on its course; that istheir job. Just like you have jobs, their job is to steer this universe on a course ofdiscovery. They have discovered from their own learning and journey that they must connectwith other universes.

There is a plan to catapult and send energy into new experience. Atthis time, Earth and a number of other systems where you simultaneously exist areinstrumental in the reemergence of emotion, with the purpose of comprehending allidentities compacted into one. The universes are discovering what they can do by comingtogether and interworking just as you are discovering what you can become. There is nopreconceived idea of what will happen. This is new territory.

Emotion is the key to all of this. As human beings, you need emotion toconnect you with your spiritual self. Emotion is essential to understanding spiritualitybecause emotion generates feeling. The mental body and physical body are verylinked, as are the emotional body and spiritual body. The spiritual body is, of course,the body that exists beyond physical limitation. You need emotions to comprehend thenonphysical, which is why emotions have been so controlled upon this planet. You have beenallowed very little room emotionally and have been encouraged to feel powerless orfrightened.

Many of you don't want to go beyond these emotional barriers andthrough your personal boundaries because it might be painful. You'd like to say"abracadabra" and just have them be gone. Pain brings you feeling. If you canfeel in no other way, sometimes, in order to capture your attention as a stubborn human,you create pain to show yourself the range of your abilities and to bring yourself intolife. In this way, you can feel the richness of being alive.

Most human beings are afraid of their emotional or feeling center; theyare afraid to feel. Trust your feelings no matter what they are. Trust that theylead you to something and that the way you feel can bring you a realization. You all wantto be in life and be removed from it at the same time. You say, "Let me just be hereand be a powerful person, but I don't want to feel or participate too much because ithurts too much and then I will get sucked down. I don't trust life."

When you are not afraid of feeling, and you move past judgment andallow yourself to feel all the ways you feel, you will have a tremendous breakthroughbecause you will be able to ride feeling into other realities. Some of you areafraid to feel and participate in this reality; let alone ride into other realities,because you do not trust your feelings. If you wish to have an acceleration, dive intosomething that brings up feeling. Stop skirting the issue so that you can think you are incontrol. Dive in the middle of it and then see if you are in control.

It's not that you don't know how to feel, it's that you are afraidof your feelings. You don't know what to do with them when you have them. They bringup a sense of powerlessness within you, so you associate feeling with a sense of,"Oh, no, I blew it." You have a boundary in your belief system that states thatwhen something comes up that is emotional and brings pain or anger, then it is not good.It is time to stop tiptoeing around things and avoiding your emotions.

Anger serves a purpose. All of you want to get finished with it: youwant to sweep it under the rug and act as if it is no good. You act like it is rottenvegetables, throw it out, and bury it in the back garden as if there is no purpose to it.We are emphasizing that there is a purpose to fear and a purpose to anger. If you wouldallow yourselves to express and experience your fears, which might lead to the expressionof your anger, you would learn something. Those of you who want desperately to avoid fearand anger, and who are really afraid of these feelings, have something great to learnthrough these emotions. They are techniques that move you beyond your personal boundariesof identity and behavior, and you are simply afraid to experience this.

Most of the time, all you want is to be accepted. You feel that no onewill like you if you do certain things or feel certain ways, so you don't give yourselfpermission to have those certain feelings. That is where the anger comes from. You haveanger because you make judgments about what you can and cannot do. If you do not giveyourself permission to feel, you cannot learn. Feeling connects you with life.

Feelings serve a variety of purposes in human beings. We encourage allof you to please trust and cultivate and rely on your feelings. Understand that yourfeelings are your ticket to ride into multidimensional realities, where you must go if youare seriously playing this game. In multidimensional realities, you learn to hold andfocus many different versions of yourself at once. Feelings can take you to these places,particularly feelings that you trust. Many of you are very suspicious and masterful overyour feelings. You will not allow certain feelings to come forward, or you judge them whenthey come up instead of observing where they take you or what they do for you.

Because you have a fear of something, you keep yourself fromexperiencing it because you put up a wall that says, "If I go there, it is bad."You put the brakes on. In actuality, your fear will eventually energize the experienceinto your realm of development because all thought is drawn into form based on theemotional influence behind it. So sometimes the greatest thing to do is to simply say,"What the heck, I will go there. I surrender." Then deal with being there anddon't worry about being centered while you are in your feeling center. If you intend to gointo your feeling center and always be in control, you are not giving yourself the rangeof movement that is needed to ride the emotions that knock down boundaries and beliefsystems.

Anger has its purpose. Anger is not purposeless and pain is notpurposeless. They all lead you to something. You can make an intention to go into yourfeeling center and learn how to be centered there while you explore the opportunities. Ifyou say, "I am going to be centered there," it sounds as if you won't allowyourself any movement within it. Instead, just intend to have a centeredness. Acenteredness does not mean that things don't fluctuate; it means that you allow things tofluctuate. Whether a boat is ready to tip over or is in calm water, you allow it. Youride it, then you get out of the event either a calm ride or a rough ride. Your emotionsare not just food for others, they are food for the self. This is how you nourishyourself and create your identity. This is your identity as frequency through youremotions. Emotions feed you and feed your call letters into existence.

You are going to deal with each of your boundaries, simply because thatis what you do not want to do. You would love to say, "Golden stardust, eliminate allthat has limited me. Boom! I am free!" Ideally, it would be so simple. That is aclassic example of wanting to recircuit and bypass the feeling center. You have certainemotional beliefs or feelings that assist in making these boundaries outside of yourself,so when you break a boundary, you have to deal with the emotion that put the boundarythere in the first place. Through your emotional body you are connected to your spiritualbody. You may want to bypass something that is difficult, yet you have to feel your waythrough it.

You want to sweep difficult things under the rug and say, "I don'twant to do these," when the difficult things are your gemstones. Even if you discoveryou have 101,000 boundaries, do not feel frustrated. Simply say, "This isinteresting." Look at the boundaries you have set up and, instead of swearing atthem, simply observe them and see if you can discover how they came about. See whatpurpose they served-what grocery store you shopped in when you bought those items.

As soon as you acknowledge and recognize and are willing to releasesomething, it moves. When you cling or have fear or think, "I like that boundary;that serves me very well," then you limit yourself.

You must learn to love your emotions. As long as you describesomething as difficult, you are making it difficult. No one else is. You are resisting andjudging the changes coming about. You are feeling that you do not know what is going on,and you wish to be in control. Control is something very convenient and very handy. Itmust be applied at the right place at the right time, like super glue. Super glue in thewrong place doesn't do much good. Did you ever super glue your hands or lips together? Youmust learn to exercise control in the way you use super glue. If you screw up with superglue, you get stuck and you can't do anything. Control is the same way: you get stuck withit, and it sticks you to something that you don't need to be stuck to. You must be veryselective about what you decide to control or not control. The old human pattern, or theparadigm that exists, says, "You must be in control."

You, as members of the Family of Light, are having an awakening. Youneed your emotions. You must become friends with your emotions because, throughfeelings, you can climb the ladder to the multidimensional self and the twelve-chakrasystem and explore what you discover. Through feelings, you can tell if something is goingon or not. The logical mind will disinvolve itself when something is going on if the bodyis not plugged into feeling. Feeling registers frequency change. Logical mind does notregister frequency change.

You are experiencing an awakening of frequency change. You are beingled to change many portions of your life and to give up many things. Don't resist thechanges and feel out of control because you don't know what is coming and it appears thatyour emotions are getting in your way. Your emotions are simply wanting to show yousomething; you don't like it because you think your emotions are interfering or willembarrass you.

Get clever. Next time you come into one of these emotional situations,say to yourself immediately, "Alright, I know what is going on; I'm not gettingcaught in this one. I know there is something here for me to learn, and something for meto change. I believe that I am guided and that I am following a blueprint, so I will checkout what is in this for me by not judging it and by going with the flow. I request thatall my changes come in joy and safety and harmony. That is my decree. Everything in myevolution I am intending is covered by that: I experience joy and safety and harmony. So Iwill go with this energy and see what is changing for me and what I need to give up."

When your memories are not intact and you have not cultivated trustinside yourself, you shut down because you don't understand what is occurring when you aremade ready for change. It is imperative for people to trust the feeling center and operatewith it. When "stuff" activates your feeling center and brings you intodiscomfort, face the feelings that you do not like. This is your essence. These feelingsare your jewels, your treasures, and your gems, from which you can learn about youridentity. They are your springboard, and you are never finished with them. You cannotshove them away and say, "Yuck, I don't like the me I was then!" However, youcan alter the "you" who perceived reality in that way. As you continue to becomeaware and gain a vast comprehension of who you are, you can look back at that entity inthat place and have a whole new realization of who you were then. This process is ongoing.You will begin to see it in one another.

Honor your friends as they go through their "stuff";just don't get involved in it. If it is for you, do it, but don't help others prolongtheir dramas. It is time to move through "stuff," not to stage a 365-dayBroadway run with it. We suggest telling your stories once or twice or three times, andthat is it. You don't need to tell everyone everything, because everyone else has their"stuff" occurring too. Do you understand? When you continually speak about your"stuff," you are missing the point because you are talking instead of doingand seeing what you are telling yourself. By talking to everyone about what isgoing on with you, you are simply wanting to get attention, and you don't need to do that.

Events are ongoing, and you never really finish with them because theyare your "stuff." If something is painful for you at the time, we guarantee thatlater you will encounter a situation that is similar, and you will have gained acompassion that you never had before. You will see the situation all in a differentperspective.

What is coming up now are the things that originally blocked you fromperceiving reality. These are the parts of your emotional body in which the highway systemwas severed and the information could not flow, so you moved into pain and translated theemotional pain out of your physical body. We recommend to all of you that you receivebodywork. Bodywork simply involves bringing energy from outside the cosmos into your body,infusing it with your other bodies-mental, physical, emotional, and spiritual - and makingthe energy grid fit. Where the energy grid fits and you don't block cellular memory andyou allow - energy to step into your body, the energy moves through your chakras and feedsyour body its data. When you are afraid or you shut down, or when you blame someone else,or when you are in denial, you get stuck. Then, even though light floods unto your body,it does not fit with the gridwork. So you are in chaos, and everybody else wants to stayaway from you because you emanate chaos. Chaos is a fine place to be; there is nothingwrong with chaos as long as you don't permanently dwell there.

When you deny emotion, you are asking for major Earth changes to takeplace within your psyche. When you allow a tornado here, a hurricane there, or a smallvolcanic eruption here and there, you are allowing your emotions freedom of expression,and they will not run rampant over your personal environment.

Feeling is what connects you to your humanity; feeling is what connectsyou to your emotions. Emotions connect you in this realm of existence to your spiritualbody. What we are saying is that emotions, or feelings, are the key to being alive in thisreality. Many realities exist without emotions, but in this reality they are your greatestgift. If you deny your emotional self in this lifetime, then you had best realize that youhave hung it up. If you are not going to be part of your emotional self, then you arenever going to make the game we are talking about. You will simply be one of the masseswho watches television and feels like a victim over and over again. If you are feelingpain within your emotional body, ask yourself why you believe the pain is there, whatpurpose the pain serves, and why you are choosing to create pain through your emotions.Why is it not your choice to create joy? All is choice. We need to remindyou of this.

 

 

 

Chapter Fifteen

Earth’s Initation Through Integrity

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 159 - 170, Chapter Fifteen.

This beautiful Earth is a treasure so profound and so magnanimous thatit draws those from far in space to come cherish the beauty that is here. We want you tofeel that beauty inside yourselves and let it pulsate within your own beings. As you allowthis beauty to come into you, it will move you profoundly, and you will begin as a speciesto command that the beautification of Earth become the first priority for all. We want toseed this idea into you so that you awaken to your responsibility to Earth. We haveawakened within you the responsibility to yourselves, and you are on the road to becomingthe best that you can be; we congratulate you. Now, what are you going to do for Earth,and how are you going to do it?

We have taught you to command the best for yourself in all possiblemoments. Since Earth is your home, how are you now going to extend this energy to Earthand affect this planet with what you know?

How many of you have walked your own property, considering it a sacredspace, and let Earth know how much you treasure it? That sort of communication will getyou involved with the beautiful Earth. Involve yourselves in doing. Look at yourgarbage, at what you are throwing away, and at what you are unconscious of. It is an exactreflection of what we have asked you to do with yourselves. Look at your thoughts and atthe garbage that clutters your psyche. All we have taught you, you can extend to Earth.Wherever you go, communicate with Earth and let the planet know you are awakening. Youmust think of yourself as a thread of light; wherever you walk, drive, fly, or visit, youare carrying your thread of light. As more and more threads are woven around the planet,eventually there will be a fantastic cosmic wave of light.

We are in a world that is on the brink of slowing down before it goesinto a mad frenzy. You can begin that slowdown by consciously taking greater care ofEarth. The predominant consciousness on Earth at this time, particularly in the UnitedStates, maintains that having the best-looking lawn is a status symbol. In order to havethat best-looking lawn, you use as many pesticides and chemical fertilizers as possibleuntil the lawn begins to look like a carpet that would be in your living room. Where didthat value system come from, and what is the sense in it? The sense in that value systemis that someone made money off a product and created a marketing campaign that gave thatproduct legitimacy, and someone bought it.

Communicate with Earth, listen to it, and let this beautiful planetteach you how to live in harmony. This is a slow process, and you are not going to learnit overnight. Hear Earth saying, "Listen, would you like someone pouring pesticideson your skin?" This is what happens when you pour them on Earth. Earth is a sentientbeing, or collection of beings. The sentient beings that make up Earth came into thiscollective of consciousness out of love for the unity of this consciousness and desire toexperience being a home for consciousness. This is like you being the home for all thebacteria and all the things that live on your skin and inside your body. You work withthem. Earth understands that, in order to be a good mother to its children, it must letthe children learn their own lessons. Your lessons are, of course, the lessons ofresponsibility. If you want something, there are certain ramifications and things you mustdo and responsibilities you must take on to accomplish your goal. Earth is teaching humanbeings responsibility by allowing you to create disruption upon its surface and into itsinterior.

When Earth is in jeopardy and humanity has pushed things too far, Earthwill do whatever is necessary to teach the human species about the proper care of itshome, in order for you as the inhabitants to learn a bigger lesson. In divine love ofhumanity and divine acceptance of its role as teacher, Earth will teach you about its ownsecrets and power so that you can understand how to walk with cooperation and love ofEarth and not walk with disrespect.

This inevitably leads to the overwhelming probability of Earth doingsome major changes in order to capture the consciousness of human beings and point out tothem what they are missing. If twenty million people disappeared in an afternoon becauseof an Earth change, perhaps the other humans would wake up. Perhaps.

You have heard the predictions of Earth changes over and over again.Some of you have taken them with a grain of salt. You have not thought they would happento you, though you might think they would happen to someone else or in the newspaperhalfway around the world. What about when a change happens at your doorstep or in the nextcity over? What about when the major cities in the United States begin to collapse? How doyou think you will feel if you awake someday and find that there has been a tear in theEarth from New York City to Washington, D.C.? Would that be enough to shake you up alittle bit? Enough to restructure and revalue your lives?

You are becoming more aware of what is going on because now yournewspapers are beginning to carry the stories. The stories have actually been there forsome time. There have been environmentalists and conservationists talking aboutenvironmental changes for twenty years, but people figured that the problems would fixthemselves. Besides, environmental issues do not sell newspapers, and, to a certainextent, people have not been interested in learning about responsibility. That attitude isgoing to backfire; most people will claim ignorance and think the issues came out ofnowhere. Things are going to get so severe that we predict there will be countries thatwill ban the use of the automobile.

Earth's teachings or lessons at this time have to do with many things.As frequencies change, everything changes. When frequencies change, it is like moving fromyour house: the whole environment changes. These changes are designed to uplift everyone'slife. They are designed to bring everyone to a greater place of ease and comprehension.They are designed to disengage human beings from the paradigm that has defined your worldas solid and in very limited terms.

When human beings make quality of life the number one priority in theirlives by honoring the quality of Earth's life, there will be very few Earth changes uponthis planet. However, most humans, particularly in the Western world, are concerned with avery different quality of life: how many electronic devices they own, how many clothes arein their closets, and how many cars are in their garages. They are not at all connected tothe effects of all of this material manufacturing on the sentient being that is yourparent.

If human beings do not change-if they do not make the shift in valuesand realize that without Earth they could not be here-then Earth, in its love for its owninitiation and its reaching for a higher frequency, will bring about a cleansing that willbalance it once again. There is the potential for many people to leave the planet in anafternoon. Maybe then everyone else will begin to wake up to what is going on. There havebeen events all along stimulating you, encouraging you, and bringing you to therealization that there must be global change. There are grass-roots movements that aregoing to grow phenomenally. What happens to Earth depends on how willing everyone is tochange.

What is your responsibility in this? How willing are you tochange? The time has come not to just talk about it but to do it. As you commit tochange in your own life, you automatically make the change available to the entire planet.

Earth is striving for its integrity. The planet feels at this timedeprived of its integrity, dishonored, and unloved. Earth loves you and gives you a placeto operate; it is a living organism. Earth is about to reestablish its integrity and letyou understand the importance of loving yourself by loving Earth. Love yourself and loveEarth, because they are the same.

Earth changes could play an important role in breaking down the system.They will bring about the collapse of the insurance companies, which will bring about thecollapse of many other systems. Many of the banking businesses sell their mortgages to theinsurance companies, and the insurance companies invested very heavily in the junk-bondindustry. Given a few more major disasters like Hurricane Hugo or the San Franciscoearthquake coupled with war and the underground economy-how long do you think they cancontinue to operate? On paper, no one has quite caught up with this yet. It is still amatter of checks shuffling from one bank to another and keeping everything just abovewater. So Earth changes, more than likely, will be utilized in some way to bring aboutthat collapse. Earth changes will also bring about a joining and triumph of the humanspirit because men and women will go out to help other men and women when disasters occur.This bonds people.

There are technologies that could clean this place up very quickly ifthat were the plan. However, as the species at present does not take responsibility forEarth, there would be no point. The present species must learn to honor its nest. All ofyou must learn to honor your bodies because without your bodies you would not be here, andwithout Earth you would not be here. Your body and your planet are your two greatest giftsand the most valuable things you own. Ideally, you would express a sacredness and honoringand cherishing and love of Earth and your physical being. This would resonate in yourhome, your property, the land you are associated with, and the land of your body as well.

Earth is more resilient than you would imagine. It is here to feed youand sustain you. The animals are also here to work in cooperation with you. If everythingis done with love, it has the force of the Creator behind it. Done with love, there wouldbe no hurt and no harm. If you need a guide to make decisions about your behavior, askyourself: "Am I operating with rny highest integrity? Am I operating with love? Islove my intention for Earth, the animals, all the people I encounter, and all the things Ido?

Everything of Earth can be used if Earth is loved and honored in theprocess. It may be difficult to imagine a gang of oil workers, before they set the bitinto the ground, holding hands and asking for guidance and permission to penetrate Earth.Yet, if this were done, things would be much more in harmony. You laugh because you deemit foolishness to communicate to something that does not talk back. But if industry,educators, and all people first stopped and committed to the highest integrity and lovefor all involved and asked that there be no harm to Earth or humans, it would bephenomenally received. This would put into motion the plan for a high civilization. Suchawareness is beginning to come; many people are getting this kind of information at thistime.

Many human beings do not want to put themselves on the line and standup in integrity because they are afraid of getting into trouble. They say, "I willjust keep my job and my security; what the heck." One of the most incredible thingsthat can happen in any society occurs when everyone's security is taken away. Couragebegins to blossom like a freshly planted garden because people have nothing to lose.Humans begin to stand up.

Never feel that your efforts are in vain. Use the power of your mind toclearly intend what you want. Ask for assistance from the nonphysical realms and visualizethe outcome you would like to have. Understand that you create your reality and that everyother person creates their reality. Everyone has the opportunity to wake up at any time.When you approach anything, approach it from the bigger picture.

When enough people create their own reality-consciously createit-you will create a new planet. There will literally be a splitting of worlds. Thissplitting will more than likely not occur for more than twenty years. In the meantime,Earth will more than likely be ravaged by war quite a few times. You will have some verypuzzling and confusing space dramas take place with some space cousins who need to figureout quite publicly who they are.

Earth is on a dimensional collision course, and many dimensions orprobabilities will intersect one another my this decade. Some of these realities will beshocking, depending upon the level of shock each person needs to kick their consciousnessinto another paradigm. Shock does not mean destruction, necessarily. It can simply be amethod to alter the way you view reality. Whenever you are shocked by something, you canno longer grip reality the way you gripped it the moment before. There is an instantaneouskick in the stomach, and everything changes. The world is in for numerous shocks, and notsimply on a national level. We are talking about global intersections of dimensions bywhich realities will seem to come tumbling down only for those whose realities need tocrumble.

The concept of probabilities maintains that there is no one reality andthat you, yourselves, branch off into other realities continuously through your thoughts.It is not that you change the world, it is that you change which world you occupy. Thisgoes back to the idea that the world is not solid. It is constructed of energy, and thatenergy takes form through the thoughts of those that participate within the world.

There are, and there always have been, probable Earths and probableexperiences. There are probable "you's" leading quite different lives than the youyou know. You are frequency and energy. You are pulsating to the beat of a chord ofenergy that sings you into existence, and you are so familiar with it that you stayfocused continuously on one aspect of your experience. Experience is gained from manyperspectives, and you are learning how to change the frequency and beat so that you cannotice what you usually do not notice.

You are continuously monitored as to the effect of the neurologicalchanges that are taking place in your bodies. The rewiring or restructuring is like yournervous system going from a two-lane highway system to a twelve-lane highway system. Whenthis takes place, you will have memories of events that have run simultaneously with otherevents. At first, this may freak you out a little bit because you will have no place toplug them in.

For example, say two years down the road you remember a Thanksgivingdinner you had in 1989 or 1990. Then suddenly, you have a memory of an event you neverbefore remembered, and it is right next to and parallel to the Thanksgiving dinner you didremember. You then realize that you were at two Thanksgivings. This is what willhappen as the nervous system comes into a new pulsation and the body has its library putback together. As the light-encoded filaments reform themselves and broadcast what theyhave available, the nervous system must be able to carry and translate it.

There is a great polarization of energies occurring, with manyparticipants and observers. Many who have come to observe have come to disrupt as well;they have come to learn their "stuff" in this time. There are also participantswho are completely intent on creating a world that will be quite glorious. As we see it,as the probable worlds begin to form, there will be great shiftings within humanity onthis planet. It will seem that great chaos and turmoil are forming, that nations arerising against each other in war, and that earthquakes are happening more frequently. Itwill seem as if everything is falling apart and cannot be put back together. Just as yousometimes have rumblings and quakings in your lives as you change your old patterns andmove into new energies, Earth is shaking itself free, and a certain realignment oradjustment period is to be expected. It will also seem that the animals and fish aredeparting Earth. Those animals are now moving over to the new world as it is being formed.They are not ending their existence, they are merely slipping into the new world to awaityour joining them.

It is difficult to explain this, to a certain extent, because it is beyond the third-dimensional experience. Basically, you are moving into the fourth dimension. When this move is made, you will literally form a new Earth. It will seem as if you have awoken from a dream into a world that is pristine and beautiful. Your skies are full of observers watching and waiting to see how you will do this and offering to give you assistance in doing it. For many people, it seems as if this shift is completely beyond all possibility. But not for you who have studied this energy as alchemists and ancient Atlanteans in temple life. The training you have had in other times is encoded within your beings to prepare you for this juncture.

The people who leave the planet during the time of Earth changes do notfit here any longer, and they are stopping the harmony of Earth. When the time comes thatperhaps twenty million people leave the planet at one time, there will be a tremendousshift in consciousness for those who are remaining. When a large group passes overtogether, they create an impact upon the consciousness of those who remain.

Expand yourselves. Begin to dwell in other realities besides thereality that is work and sleep and eating. When you are awake, let your mind expand topossibilities and let ideas come to you. Ideas are free; they are everywhere, and thereare broadcasts continuously coming to the planet.

When Earth does its shifting, not everyone will experience the samething. Those who need to experience destruction will experience an Earth shift or rotationwith destruction because they will not fit with the new frequency. Those who are preparedto hold a higher vibration will experience a frequency shift. So for one person there maybe the end of their life as they know it and dire destruction, while for another therewill be a state of ecstasy. All potentials exist. Remember, you live in a symbolic worldthat is a result of your thoughts. The outside world represents to you what is going oninternally with you. So if the world is falling apart, what does that represent? Itrepresents the falling apart or collapsing of what is inside in order to create the riseof a new system and a new energy.

It is imperative for you to love and bless the changes within societvand not move into fear or anxietv about what is presenting itself. It is your task to bein the vibration of knowing, even without sense, that in every event there is anopportunity for Spirit to do its work and to uplift. You are an exceptionally lazyspecies. You give your power away to anyone who will do things for you, whether it is yourboss or your wife or husband. You give your power away over and over again. In order toturn you toward yourselves, you need some events to put you in charge of your lives. Blessthese changes that come to Earth and, in these events, trust that what you want withclarity will be manifest. You will find yourself tested. You will say, "Am I a victimhere? Is the world collapsing around me? Or is it uplifting itself around me whileeverything is seemingly in the midst of collapse?"

An important primary belief for you to hold is that you will be in theright place at the right time doing the right thing. Intending that you will be in theright place at the right timemore than intending it, knowing it-will open you toguidance. Perhaps without even looking for it, a piece of land or an opportunity toconnect with someone else will be put before you. You will recognize it and say,"This is for me. I shall take this."

Believe it or not, there will come a time or let us say, there couldcome a time-in many of your lives when you will shut the door on life as you now knowit. Literally, you may give up the house that you have and walk out of it with only a fewpossessions. It does not seem possible now, does it? Something inside of you will say,"My God, has the world gone mad? What are my values? What is the most important thingnow for my survival?" And Spirit will come in and guide you to tell you what is themost important thing for your survival. That may mean simply carting off a fewpossessions. Some of you in this life will literally stand on the threshold of yourhouses, look within, and it will all be meaningless because the most important things willbe your spiritual values and your life. All those material possessions and collections ofthings mean nothing in light of what you are becoming. Can you imagine the events thatwill be needed to move you to that action? They are not going to be small events.

Remember humanity's destiny to evolve. We guarantee that life as younow know it will not be around ten years from now. The world as you know it, the realityas you know it, the comforts and projections and vacations and all the things that you dowill not be here ten years from now. You are here for your own personal evolution. Howthat evolution is going to come about worldwide will be rather interesting. We are nottalking about the evolution of a few dozen people; we are talking about the evolution ofthe species. There will need to be some events to bring people to awakening. That is whyit is going to be your challenge to live your life with courage and to have the courage tolive your light.

We recommend that all of you intend that the Native American teachingscome your way. Begin to explore them through sweatlodges, drumming, dancing, and so on.This will awaken many things in you and teach you much about Earth. You are coded toritual; when you perform ritual, your body begins to remember who you are and what youknow.

As we see it, communities are going to be very influential in the1990s. They will form on tracts of land that will be anywhere from fifty to a few hundredacres, perhaps as small as twentyfive acres, and they may house anywhere from thirty toone hundred people. These groups will come together because the members will be respondingto an inner knowing. The new technologies that will be used in the coming communities willbe technologies based on love. There is nothing wrong with technology. The major stumblingblock of technology now in use on this planet is that it is used to separate, manipulate,and control people rather than to uplift them. Technology with love is the key. Manypeople will be given great amounts of technological information that will seemingly comeout of nowhere. You may be given information for an invention and yet not have any ideawhat it is you are inventing. You may have to hand it over to someone else to bring itinto reality. People will work together in harmony to bring forth this new technology.

Part of the evolution of consciousness involves uniting oneconsciousness with another-not keeping yourselves separated. Perhaps one person will comeup with an idea, and another one will take the idea and put it into manifestation, andsomeone else will sell it. As we see it, there will be a tremendous underground market forinventions. These inventions will never be shown in the traditional marketplace becauseyou would be wiped out, snuffed, if it was known that you had these abilities. There willbe great trading from one community to another of these underground technologies that willdo all kinds of things for you.

It can be one of the most rewarding experiences of this lifetime foryou to live in cooperation with a group of people who love the land and get theland-Earth-to respond. In loving the land and letting Earth know what you are after, Earthwill nurture and take care of you. That is the key.

 

 

Chapter Sixteen

Heretics Ahead of Time

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 171 - 179, Chapter Sixteen.

The sixties were a time of preparation. They held your initialawakening and were a time that showed you that new paradigms could be born. During thatdecade, you suddenly became far removed from the values of the previous generations. Thesixties were full of events, such as the movement for peace and the movement forexpression of the body, which supported looking at the body and accepting and sharingsexuality with full consciousness-with clothes off, rather than by finding body partsbetween layers of clothes, which is what the generation before did. Consciousness wasbirthed, and the idea of peace and freedom was awakened. That was kindergarten.

The nineties are the time to bring the movement of spirituality ontothe planet-not just in small pockets, but onto the entire planet. The planet is awakeningall over. We travel the planet and can tell you that you have your counterparts in everycorner of the globe. The team of light that you represent made sure that they covered alltheir bases, because there are lightworkers everywhere. You are coming into your own.

The movement toward spirituality is a movement away frommaterialism. Over the last number of years, many people have gotten very into theirbodies, regenerating them, exercising them, and making them more beautiful. That hassimply been preparation so that you could move into Spirit. The realm of Spirit is a veryexciting place. It has more flexibility: there are places to travel and great adventuresto be had, and there are no limitations.

The reason physical reality has been so frustrating for you is becauseyou bought the stories about its limitations hook, line, and sinker. You bought thembecause you had made an agreement to do so. It was part of your plan to buy into theselimitations so that you could relate to those who have no idea about light and who havebeen buying into the limitations for their whole existence. You are going toelectromagnetically alter the planet-rewire it, so to speak-so that all of these otherbeings can be plugged in once again. You can only do this if you can relate to where theyare.

If you had come here with your memory banks open, either you would nothave wanted to stay or you would not now understand the others. So you have been submergedin a society that has been without light, and you have forgotten your light (or vaguelyremembered it as you grew up) so that you could relate to that world. Now it is time foryou to integrate that world of society into the multidimensional world of light and Spirityou represent so that the values and designs of this planet will begin to changecompletely.

Heretics are ahead of their time. The heretical ideas that come ontothe planet always prove to be brilliant later. So have courage; it only seems as if thesenew ideas are being ridiculed. You must remember that there is much activity in thenonphysical realms to assist you and that, even though each of you has your own blueprintand plan to evolve into, you are part of a global blueprint and a global consciousness.You are firing that global blueprint and awakening others.

You awaken in waves as each of you learns to carry information andbroadcast it. If everyone were awakened at once, it would be very chaotic. The awakeningmust happen as you are able to handle it, because putting too much light into an elementthat cannot handle it would blow a fuse. If the electrical currents are not matched up,the body can be destroyed. You will see this. You are going to see a disease move over theplanet that has to do with the nervous system and memory because people won't be able tohandle the energy. They will become frightened of it. They may discover a multidimensionalportion of themselves and think they are crazy. Then they will be obsessed with keepingtheir insanity quiet. from their husband or wife or children. People will drive themselvesinto a frenzy with this energy because they won't understand it.

We cannot emphasize enough that the nervous system is the key to openyour ancient eyes and see, and for you to remember who you are, where you come from, andwhere you are going. The nervous system must be able to take the electrical current intothe body, transduce the high energy and fit it inside the body, and let the body evolveand nurture itself on this high energy that is consciousness. This is literally what isoccurring.

It is as if you were to take a newborn babe and feed this babe aformula that would force it to grow from a day-old infant to a thirty-year-old adult inone year. This parallels what will be happening for you over the next twenty years. Thatnewborn child would become thirty in one year. Think about what that child would have todo and what its body would have to integrate to grow like that. Think about the organs,the functions, and the hormones.

Since you are committed carriers of light, there is a certain openingwithin your auric field. There is an opening that the pillar of light brings so thatguardians can come down and act as gate keepers for how much energy you can handle. Eventhough your intellect, mind, and ego may say, "More, more, more," the gatekeepers know that, because you are a carrier of light and have committed to a certaintask, you cannot be lost. Unless, that is, you are bent on your own personal destructionand you move past what is called the highest will into the will of yourself.

The nervous system, which is a highway within the body, can only moveat the rate you can process the data flooding over it into the cells. Many of you arestill cleaning out caverns with in portions of your being that have been filled withdarkness. These caverns may be from this lifetime-they may go back to childhood-or forsome of you they may be from other lifetimes. Many of you have been on this journey fortwenty-five or thirty vears, while others of you have newly joined the journey. Noteveryone is going to take the same amount of time. Those who have been plodding along forthirty years are way showers. You set up a vibrational frequency that those of you who arenew joiners can feel. You who are new joiners don't have to go looking for the newfrequency and discover it; the mapping is done, and the mapping hits your body.

You all need one another. It is imperative that you work in harmony. Ifyou don't work in harmony, you will create Atlantis and all of the other destructions overand over again. Harmony is required.

A time is coming when many of you will be put to work with Spirit tobroadcast frequency and assist others in comprehending what is going on. The waves ofawakening will continue, and Spirit will become a way of being on this planet. That is theplan for this planet, and the creative cosmic rays from Prime Creator are hitting thefringes of your galactic system-moving here first. That is why the great gathering ofenergies has come here. These energies want to participate in the transformation here sothat they will be prepared when it comes to their own area of galactic and universalexistence.

There is a huge transformation taking place, but what you do with it,of course, is up to you. We have said that your world is going to split into two worldsand that those who move with light will be in the world of light. This split is alreadybeginning to take place. Those entities who wish to work with the higher vibratory fieldsthat represent light, and those who wish to work with the lower vibratory fields thatrepresent fear, darkness, chaos, control, and confusion, are beginning to polarize andchoose sides.

Those who work with the lower vibratory fields will say to you that youare witches or the devil because you represent something that they don't understand. Yourepresent change, and you must remember that most people are frightened to death ofchange. One of the curious things about human consciousness is that it is enamored ofstability. You bought the concept that stability is something desirable hook, line, andsinker. So you strive for it; you think that if you do not have stabilitv and securitythen who are you? You might not exist, you might be annihilated.

We are talking about many people you know; some may even be familymembers. You will need to develop a tremendous amount of patience and compassion for thosewho feel this energy and do not want to respond to it in a way that can benefit them. Youare going to have to become very allowing-perhaps even allowing others to destroythemselves so that they can learn the value of life.

Even though human beings are not consciously aware of it, you know inthe deepest portion of your beings that you move from one existence to another and gatherexperience so that your soul can understand and process data to give you a view of onereality. Someday you will be able to scan the lives and existences of your soul and holdthe energy of that soul just like you would hold a crystal, look at the different facetsand sparkles within it, and feel and know that identity. When you are able to do this withyour soul, your soul will be able to connect with other forms of intelligence that it is apart of but does not presently comprehend.

We are stretching you. We want you to become completely confused sothat you will be energized. Then you will utilize your curiosity to take you into areasthat, not only have you never thought of, you never even knew existed. This is ourintention-that you come to a higher ground where you can create a new order of identity courageously,with humor, and with confidence.

All things are frequencies. If you knew how rapidly you are evolving,you might want to sit in a chair and put your hand over your head and say, "I can'tdo it. There is too much going on for me." You keep the veil pulled down and pretendto go about life as if nothing is happening when you are continuously being upgraded withall kinds of changes to bring you closer to the higher dimensions. Think about and feelwhat you are going to achieve in one lifetime. Within the next ten to twenty years, youwill move from being dense physical creatures into creatures of light in the Age of Light.Can you conceive of this?

Everything that you are doing, including eating a pizza, isbringing you in a divinely perfect way to that place. At some point you will understandthe importance of every event in which you are participating and the integrity of thewhole.

In the movie The Karate Kid, the kid is very impatient whilelearning karate. He finds a master and doesn't even think he has found a master. He isgiven things to do that he thinks are a waste of time. He does not understand that eachpiece he learns makes up the greater whole. You are like this kid. All the pieces arecoming together, but because of the vision of your ego, you do not understand at this timethat they make the greater whole. You will be put to task, and you will find that all youare seeking will be yours. That is the good news.

Be aware and learn how to recognize when your will is usurping thedivine will and the Divine Plan-when you are forcing too much onto yourself because youare not operating out of common sense. Look at yourself in the mirror and see how youlook. Look into your eyes because your eyes are an indicator for your whole physical body.Are they clear? Are you able to look back with clarity? Is your face lined, or exhausted,or calm? How does your body feel? Are you able to sit in a serene position? Are you ableto hold your body erect, or do you feel the need to slump over? Do you fidget because youcannot hold the energy in your body-so your body is always dancing and twitching becauseit does not know what to do? Are your fingers always drumming, or are you gnawing at yourflesh? There are many indications to watch for. You can look around and see who cannotintegrate energy.

Once you bring this energy into your body and are able to hold it, yourbody will begin to feel a lightness. There will be a vitality in your skin, or perhapsyour hair. Your hair is a very good indication of your health. Common sense, of course, isone of your best comrades to hang around with. Common sense will show you what is rightand what is not.

At times you will recognize that the energy has become too much andthat you are not calm and centered. This will occur for each and everyone of you at somepoint. In some way, you will feel as if too much is happening: there will be too much datato compute, too many people to talk to, or too much going on. When this happens, you mustthink of yourself as an appliance and unplug yourself. Just like you are a toaster, simplyunplug yourself so that you can be out of use. At those times, what you need to do morethan anything else is rest. Some of you will need a tremendous amount of sleep atdifferent points. Do not think you are getting lazy and beat up on yourself; simplyacknowledge it. There will be times when some of you will wish to sleep eighteen hours. Doit. It is necessary. You have no idea of the lands you travel to and the work done onyour physical body when you sleep. It is the time when you are unplugged from this realityand recharged and taught in other realities. The bridges, and your eyes, will open betweenrealities, and you will begin to see and carry these memories.

When you go to a Chinese restaurant, you eat Chinese food; you don'torder a hamburger. When you go to an Italian restaurant, you order lasagna. Thisrestaurant called Earth has a physical body, so that is how you must operate here-withina physical body.

We speak in very simple terms so that you will get our point. Itdoesn't make any difference how ridiculous our metaphor is, we simply want you to get it.So you are here in the restaurant of Earth, occupying an Earth body because this is whatis available here. There is nothing else served Lip here. You are going to bring newrecipes into the Earth restaurant-recipes that periodically have been tested and proventrue, but only in pockets here and there.

Remember, Earth was sealed off eons ago. Earth was created to be onething and then completely got off track after millions of vears of existence. Many of youincarnated here over and over again and got really frustrated, because every dine youincarnated you had an intention of doing something, but half the time you forgot what itwas.

Some of you were able to achieve mastery upon this planet and getyourselves off it through the ascension process. Others of you clamored that you wanted atime when this quarantine or seclusion from the rest of cosmic society would come to anend. Because of you and the multitudes that are upon this planet and surrounding thisplanet, the present time period was born.

Assistance comes to you in all avenues of life, yet others cannot dothings for you because you designed life in such a way that the species must self-motivateand evolve in order to be empowered. Those of you who are tremendously knowledgeabledecided to incarnate in the species to empower it by being an example for the rest whocannot do it for themselves. You make new pathways of being as you broadcast who you are.When you gather in rooms for channelings, you ask for a tremendous number of reminders anda tremendous amount of encouragement along the way. Some of you are finding that youcannot make it without the encouragement. This is understood. It is why we are here, mostof the time with tremendous patience, for you. We wish to give you the opportunity toclaim who you are.

One of the most important ultimate realities upon this planet for youas a species to understand, and one of the greatest challenges you have been faced with,is what it means to die. We can convince you of many things, but it is difficult for us toconvince you that you do not have to die. In this time, you do not have to physicallyleave your body behind here upon this planet. Can you conceive of the idea that you willsimply change the vibrational rate of your physical being and take your body with youbecause you will rearrange the molecular structure?

Making the ascension leap and completing the journey here is possiblefor a multitude of the species upon this planet. Some of you have already ascended offthis planet, and you have come back to do it again and to show the way. It was a grandjourney to get out of here with the ascension process. It took lifetimes of training, oneafter another, to bring yourself to dedication. It involved not living in the materialsociety and basically living very close to nature to do it.

Now those of you who have done this and are familiar with it have comeback. It is your goal to ascend off this planet and to be taken, literally, up into thehigher cosmology of mother ships. You will ascend into the cities of light and be able todwell within the other realities that are all around you that you simply do not permityour third-dimensional eyes to see. You will have completed your task on Earth, and Earthwill make its transition. It will be a beautiful jewel in the universe. You may wish tostay for some years to help with the restructuring and rebuilding of this new Earth. Butafter a while, you will want to move on to new assignments to transform other worlds.Remember, you are renegades, and you like a very exciting time. So most likely you willleave this beautiful planet to others to enjoy, and you will go on to a new assignment.

Ascension is the goal on this planet. There will come a time when thatwill be the only way people who live on this planet will depart from it. Once you get offthis planet, you will go to many other places. You will show yourself and the rest of thespecies that the body, this thing that seems so solid and uncontrollable, is actually aresult of a divine orchestration, and that you, in your consciousness, can do anything youwant with it. Anything.

 

 

Chapter Seventeen

The Language of Light

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 181 - 189, ChapterSeventeen.

The avatars and masters have now permeated the gridwork of the world,bringing with them their own tools for teaching. The tools that are being utilized on thisplanet are artifacts that are not of your dimension, symbolic forms that literally have alife of their own. They make up what is known as the Language of Light.

You are implanted with a structure, a geometric form, which triggerscertain information within you. It also facilitates, for those who work with you, thesending of information directly into your being. The large majority of you are implanted,and, if you are not now, shortly you will be if you choose to open and align yourself. Noone is implanted who does not choose it. This structure of the Language of Light is a wayof receiving information and energy to facilitate your development. It is a method oflearning without doing it through books or through the intellect. It involves opening tothe belief that there is indeed a hierarchy, immense beyond your comprehension, that hasbeen working with humanity since the very beginning.

This hierarchy works with love, cherishes who you are, and has beenable to see through the time mechanisms that are keyed into the planet to know thatconsciousness is ready for the evolutionary leap. There are 144,000 members of thespiritual hierarchy who are infused in the gridwork of the planet at this time. Eachmaster has its own seal that represents one portion of the Language of Light, and you have144,000 seals of energy that will eventually be infused within your being.

To start with, you will work with the twelve forms that the body willbe able to hold. Much later, once the transformation has occurred, there will be aninfusion of the entire 14-1,000 symbolic language structures through your being. That willbe an unfoldment that cannot even be explained in this lifetime.

This mutation is a process unfolding within you that will allow you tomove into another realm of experience. Each person on the planet has the potential to movethrough this mutation. Many will stop the process because they do not have the desire toalign themselves with higher consciousness. When you are aware of who you are, that is onething. When you become aware of the divine consciousness that seeds this planet-anintellect that is vast, loving, and works with you-and when you call to that consciousnessand ask to be a portion of it, that is when you are implanted with the geometric forms.

The forms that are implanted come in a variety of shapes such as thepyramid structure. Why is the pyramid so important? On this planet and throughout thecosmos, the pyramid structure is utilized to represent a great unity of consciousness. Itis the structure that is the most difficult to create in all of its many facets, and yetit is a structure of perfection. It is a structure that gathers energy from Earth andsends it outward.

The structures of the sphere and the spiral will also be implantedinside you. The spiral is very dear to many of you because you have sojourned withincultures and societies where the spiral was utilized to communicate many ideas. There willalso be implanted the structures of the parallel lines and the cube. And, of course, therewill be the structure of the Merkabah vehicle, which is the five-sided figure.

The five-sided figure represents the figure of the human being in itsmost unlimited state the totally free human. Some of you know it as a symbolic structurecalled a Merkabah vehicle. It is the human design without any limitations. It is the humanbeing able to fly, which is something that a large majority of you do not think you cando. This implant comes when you truly commit yourself to what was formerly not possible.

Which implant or geometric form will be implanted inside you willdepend first of all on your request for alignment. It will also depend on your belief thatthese entities choose to be available to you if you choose to be available for them. Asyou begin to unfold and allow what are called miracles or magnificent events to manifestin your life, they will begin.

Many of you will start with the implant of the circle because itrepresents God-form, unity, and completeness. Some of you will select the pyramidstructure to be implanted since you have had many lifetimes with discovered and stillundiscovered pyramids all over the planet. You think your geography is known, but thereare many things still undiscovered because they are slipping from one reality to another.Deep within jungles, there are many buried pyramids, often lying buried beneath mounds ofearth. There are still many wonders to uncover.

Those of you who are willing to believe that there are truly nolimitations will be able to take the Merkabah structure and move yourself off the planetwith it while you are still living on the planet. The desire to do this must exist in youif you are to be implanted with the Merkabah. Already some of you have attempted to travelwith it, and you know how it can be used in your being. When you truly call the Merkabahto yourself, and you are willing to get the feeling of what that truly means-to beunlimited consciousness that travels with your body, without your body leaving theplanet-that is when implanting will occur. The Merkabah is not the highest implanting, asthere are no highest or lowest implantings. Implanting comes when it will best suit yourpersonal development. Once you have become implanted, there will be an unending process ofnew forms coming into your being.

You do not consciously choose the form that will be implanted in you.However, you choose the life you have, which opens you to the structures of the Languageof Light. You choose what is important to you each day. That is your access to theseforms. Through this marriage of energies, eventually you will all hold the alphabet oflight inside your beings, and this alphabet of light will teach you. If you have dreamt ofgeometric forms, it is an indication that the forms are working with you. Or perhaps youloved studying geometry in school. If you wish to know what you have been implanted with,see which forms continuously come first or are larger than the others. There are manyshapes that do not even have names. There will be shapes that you know and recognize thatlater will take new forms and new shapes that your consciousness cannot translate.

The spiral is one of the basic forms of the Language of Light geometry.It is a bridge, a teaching unto itself. The form of it is coded with information, and whenyou ride the spiral, it is seemingly nonending. This shows you that the journey into yourself is nonending and that the journey outside of yourself is nonending. You, as aspecies, will be able to split your consciousness and go in both directions so thatconsciousness can be connected. By taking the nonending journey within and the nonendingjourney without, you link yourself up into a connected spiral in which there is universaltruth.

We have said that the cells in your body contain the entire history ofthis universe. Ideally, you will come to realize the existence of this golden librarywithin yourselves during this lifetime and learn how to read what is there. Taking thespiral within is one part of the journey. The trick is to both go within and gowithout-and to realize that they are the same.

The spiral exists in many dimensions. When you visualize the spiral,you will feel that you have known it, yet at first you are only knowing one aspect of it.When you begin to grow with the spiral, you will realize that it has so many dimensionsthat you could spend the rest of eternity-to use your termexploring it. It grows. Thespiral is the key to tapping into what is inside of you. Your DNA is in the form of aspiral. Spirals are all around you, and the Language of Light rides upon the lightencodedfilaments that also descend in spiral form. This is something that is experiential, and itwill grow for you.

In your meditation, feel yourself riding a spiral like you would ride atornado. Visualize yourself seeing a spiral approaching that is like a tornado. Then,instead of running from it, stand there and feel yourself whirled up inside of it. Rideit, for it is a doorway to other realities.

These Language of Light geometrical shapes and forms are collections ofexperiences of individuals who have incarnated on this planet, defied the human laws,awakened themselves to high abilities and then manifested themselves as language andgeometric components. Once these energies existed as men and women on this planet. Theyhave evolved themselves into geometric symbols, and they exist in their sphere of activityjust like you exist in your body. These entities exist in a language system or a geometricsystem.

There are universes of these systems, and there are visitations intoyour own universe from those universes at this time. There are circles and other shapesbeing put upon this planet in the grain fields that are inexplicable as far as you areconcerned. These imprints are a frequency, not a process or action. There is a song orstory or language that is being implanted on the surface of Earth with language symbols.These symbols come to establish a certain frequency, and they are going to increase.

Eventually, some of you will build houses that are geometric shapesthat are not simply squares or rectangles. Many of the dwellings in the Pleiades do nothave shapes as you know them, and it is understood there that shapes and angles holdenergy. In astrology, it is understood that certain angles have power points and thatcertain things happen with certain angles. It is the same with shapes. The Great Pyramidis all about the use of angles and shapes. Energy collects in angles, in shapes, and informs, and you can learn to create these shapes and live in and around them. Energies areformed and transmitted in this way. You will also discover that certain degrees havecertain powers, and that some angles are very uncomfortable for you to be in. It issometimes better to sleep in the middle of a room rather than having your bed jammed intoa ninety-degree angle, because the ninety-degree angle creates an energy lock. In themiddle of the room, the energy flows around you.

In third-dimensional reality, many portals are now being opened tobring about evolution upon Earth. At one time, the planet was sealed off and put inquarantine because there were forces that fought here. There have been incredible warsupon this planet, and some of the vestiges of these wars still exist as very barren areasupon the planet. This was the time of chaos and confusion when creator gods fought creatorgods. During the most recent wave of the wars, about ten or twelve thousand years ago,Earth was sealed off because those beings who operated with light lost the battle. Lightdoes not always win, you know. Light is not always the victor as you think of a victor,for light must learn to integrate with all portions of itself. Prime Creator is within allthings, and light and dark are part of the Creator. Therefore, light must incorporate withthe dark portion of itself.

Time has orchestrated and brought events together. A number of cycleswere set to pass since the last wars, after which time the energy portals into the planetwould again be opened so that light could enter. This is that time period. Light is beingorchestrated to once again come onto the planet, and it is increasing daily. In order forenergy to work its way through your consciousness, it must house itself on the planet.Intelligence penetrates in the form of waves making geometric shapes on Earth. It is notthat a spaceship comes down, makes crop circles in the night, and then takes off. Althoughsome circles have been caused by ship landings, intelligence can take the guise of anyform it wants, and very often intelligence comes in the form of a wave. A time will comewhen there will actually be a wave of light that sweeps Earth.

Intelligence is beyond the spoken word and beyond the written word, forit is frequency that sometimes comes in geometric shapes. Pythagoras had a beginning graspof this, but his geometry was not understood by others. Geometry is an evolvedintelligence, a collection of experience that can communicate huge amounts of information.Actually, crop circles all over the planet are put there by sounds above human frequencyto implement these language shapes. Many times, in the beginning, these shapes arecircles. They will evolve into triangles, lines, and many other things.

The crop circles have been most prevalent in England and throughoutEurope. However, they are also in the area previously known as the Soviet Union and inSouth America. They are even in the United States, although some people are doing a goodjob of pretending they are not there. We understand that some of your news broadcastersare planning upcoming shows about these crop circles. We will see how much they pretendthey don't know about them. It is going to be interesting.

These geometric shapes are like hieroglyphs. The hieroglyphs andpictographs carved in stone on this planet are a similar generation of intelligence. Inother words, if one were to read the hieroglyphs based on the Rosetta Stone, thehieroglyphs would communicate one thing. If one were able to remember the secret languageof the priests, the hieroglyphs would tell another story. And if one were able tounderstand the language of the creator gods, they would say something entirely different.

The circles and shapes being put on Earth are here to assist you inholding and managing your frequency and having the courage to live your light. They makefrequency information available in a very subtle way, and no one can figure them out yet.These shapes are all connected to one another, and if they were all written outsimultaneously on some farmer's field, something would happen to them immediately. Theyare spaced from one continent to another, and they move a frequency band around the planetthat will help activate Earth's gridwork. They will allow you not to feel so weird withwhat you know and to feel more comfortable with the changes in frequency as they occur.

This is just a little bit of what the crop circles do. They are quiteinteresting. Many of them are designed and constructed by what some call Ascended Masters.There is also a joke behind them. You must understand that some beings, as they becomevery evolved, develop a tremendous sense of humor. They see the humor in all things.

As we have said, geometric shapes and forms are carriers ofintelligence. They are frequency waves that can be modulated and changed. The shapescoming onto Earth are like energy gates or energy glyphs. They hold intelligence and arebeing set up to eventually connect and make an intelligent gridwork around the planet.This gridwork will have a frequency that humanity can use to evolve.

The whole language is not on the planet at this time. The glyphs comeonto Earth as a result of a certain evolvement of consciousness. They work with placesthat are vortex centers that are now drawing them in. Over the billions of years thatEarth has been in orbit, these centers have been covered over and buried. Some have goneinto dormancy, and many of them are being reawakened because the seal around the planethas been penetrated.

The crop circles are phenomenological expressions of consciousness.They come into your reality to show you that the reasoning mind cannot control all of thedata, much as it would like to. These events occur to intersect with the coding ofconsciousness of all human beings. Whenever reality cannot be explained, a certain nicheis opened within consciousness. The crop circles are completely beyond the logical mind.Therefore, they force the consensus view of reality to expand, since reality, as formerlydesigned, cannot house these events as a possibility. They are a trigger. They forcereality to move beyond its own limitations.

There are a number of reasons for the existence of the crop circles.Basically, they exist to force reality to move-to get you feeling rather than thinking.Most who explore these circles think their way through the circles rather than feeltheir way through them. Great Britain is having a rash of them because, in general,the British have a very logically oriented consciousness. However, the land of the BritishIsles is imprinted with megalithic spirals and stone forms that have intensely imprintedthe intuitive faculties of the inhabitants.

This phenomenon has no logic to it. It is forcing a logically orientedsociety to recognize something that makes no sense, and it is being done in a very playfuland obvious way without creating a threat to anyone's view of reality. If shipswere to land everywhere, people would get upset. When corn lies down in concentric circlesand doesn't even break or die, no one really gets too upset. Do you understand howenergies play with you? It is necessary to do certain things so that you can' get it andfigure it out without having your circuits overloaded.

This language is being introduced onto the planet as a story-a glyph ofinformation that holds a frequency to assist you in holding your own frequency. As youawaken, it is easy for others to read you and recognize you. You are monitored all of thetime, because there are devices that monitor the evolution and location of consciousness.Once consciousness has reached a certain place, assistance is brought from the outside toestablish other realms of that frequency.

In other words, say you open a restaurant, and it is a big hit. You runand maintain it and sell really good food. Then someone comes along and says, "Howabout franchising? Let's get you everywhere." These geometric shapes help youfranchise the frequency by spreading it all over the planet and holding it. They bring youto a new level of attainment.

 

 

Chapter Eighteen

Symphonies of Consciousness

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 191 - 197, Chapter Eighteen.

Light informs you. It uplifts you, because once you are informed, youfeel more powerful. When you are not informed you feel powerless.

Sound is another way to carry information because it is part of light.To you it may seem that sound and light are two separate things, because from your pointof view you perceive light with your eyes and sound with your ears. Because you use twoseparate areas of perception on your body, it seems that sound and light are separated aswell. In actuality, they are very connected. They wind themselves around one anotherbecause they both carry information.

Many of the structures built on this planet, particularly ancientsacred sites, have information stored within stone. In the same way, you have informationstored within the bones of your skeletal form. When you allow sound to move through you,it unlocks a doorway and allows information to flood into your body. It also penetratesthe ground, affecting the vibrations of Earth and allowing a rearrangement of a molecularalignment of information to take place. Those of you who use sound when you are working onothers' bodies bring about a rearrangement of the molecular structure and create anopening for information to flood in. This kind of work will become more and more profound.

In Tibet, when a master who was able to transcend realities passedover, the body was kept and allowed to move into its own natural deterioration because theskeletal form held a sensibility to frequencies. informatioin is stored in bone andstone. In some places in Tibet where the lines of continuity in sects of monkscan be traced back for thousands and thousands of years, people have kept the skulls ofdifferent masters. They have very secret crypts and rooms filled with these skulls.. Whenone walks into these places, one can, through sound, access the intelligence factors ofthe humans who once occupied those skulls.

Do you understand why crystal skulls were designed? Crystallinestructures are like holographic computers: they can transmit to the evolved or plugged-inhuman a tremendous amount of information. They are designed like skulls to act as a codefor understanding your own skull and understanding that the bone in your body is veryvaluable. www.universe-people.com

Sound is a tool for transformation. Keepers of Frequency, which is whatwe are encouraging you to become, learn how to modulate the frequency they hold throughsound. Sound can penetrate any substance, move molecules, and rearrange realities.

In ancient Egypt, the ankh, or symbol that represented life, inactuality was a frequency modulator. It was utilized by individuals who were masters ofkeeping frequencies and able to do many things with those frequencies. The ankh is similarto a tuning fork and can direct sound. That is how it was used a long time ago. Before youwill be able to experience using sound in the manner of the ancient Egyptians, you willhave to demonstrate your integrity. You will have to pass an initiation or a testing tosee whether you can be trusted with this kind of power. This planet is not ripe for thiskind of energy simply to be thrust into anyone's hands. If you were capable of this kindof work at this time, your life would not be safe because there would be too many whowould want to misuse your gift. You will be given abilities as you can best mature intothem.

You can begin to work with sound by allowing it to "play"your body. Get yourself centered, clear your mind, and allow tones to come through you.The ancient mystery schools worked with sound in this manner, and it is a very powerfultechnique when done in a group. Many years down the road, but within this decade, you willamaze yourselves with what you will perceive as the results of your cooperative sounds orsymphonies of consciousness playing themselves. When you tone together, you will be shownwhat you can do without even knowing you can do it. You will learn how to use andcultivate this kind of energy to make your own ankh. When you buy a child clay, the childat first doesn't know how to make many things, so you make little balls and spaghettis forthe child so he or she can see the potential within the clay. Then the child, afterplaying with the clay for awhile, discovers his or her own sense of creativity with form.

The creative form of sound is shown to you first as a potential. Youare led and orchestrated through the use of this sound. Eventually, you will discover onyour own some of the things that sound can achieve. Then you will become more daring, andyou will learn what sound can create. Energies are introduced this way to make certainthere is not a misuse of them and that you don't overextend yourself or overdo out ofenthusiasm.

You will go very far with your use of sound after working with it forawhile. It is like a powerful tool being given to an infant. Without proper awareness, youcould do things and not realize the ramifications of what you are doing. Think about whatsound does in stadiums and auditoriums. The cheering or booing of a crowd creates anambience. When groups of you make sound together, you create an ambience for yourselves.You allow certain energies to play the instrument of your bodies. You let go ofpreconceived ideas and allow different melodies and energies to use your physical bodiesas opportunities to represent themselves on the planet. In actuality, what you experienceis the life force of energies that you allow to express through your own selves. Youbecome channels. Just as our vehicle allows us to come into your reality through her body,you allow a vibration to come onto the planet in its full glory through your bodies andyour joint cooperation. You birth something. You create an opportunity, and an energytakes advantage of that opportunity.

Emotion, because .it brings feeling and connects you to feeling, allowsyou to recognize different states of consciousness. The logical mind does not allow you torecognize states of consciousness because it holds onto its own identity. It is lockedinto the boundary of ego and does not want to recognize other areas. Feeling, however,always acknowledges other areas because feeling discerns the difference. You can read thesigns and the definitions by the energy that you call feeling. It is, in actuality, avibration. Sound brings about states of emotional feeling. When you create harmonics ofsound, it reminds your body of something. It reminds your body of light, of deep cosmiclove, and of other worlds. Your body comes into joy and sometimes overwhelmingly intosadness. It seeks and accesses a frequency that it has been longing for, which the soundhas reminded it of. As you allow sound to play your body, you discover a frequency thatyou have sought. This frequency is connected to the evolution of the helixes within yourbody. Sound is a vehicle or conduit to connect you to the higher chakras outside of yourbody because you do not have a way of accessing them logically. You must access allfrequencies and chakra centers by feeling, and sound will connect you with feeling, whichwill allow you to understand the information.

If sound could be pictured, some of you would become entranced withwatching it. There are realities where sound does picture itself. You feel the movementand language of sound when you wave your body or move your hands. You experience therichness of this form of communication and how multidimensional all things are by feelingsound express itself. It has its own language, and it has a form.

Sound carries a certain frequency, and the body recognizes thefrequency. The body is keyed to respond to the acceptability of the frequency. The greatmaster musicians such as Beethoven and Mozart were coded to bring in information of astable nature, for they received the harmonics of sound at the time when there was greatdarkness over the planet. In order to keep a certain remembrance open in the minds of thehuman race, lower vibratory rates of sound were translated into the minds of thesemasters.

Sound is going to evolve. Now human beings can become the instrumentsfor sound through toning. Human beings become the flute, the piano, the harp, the oboe,and the tuba. They allow energies to use their physical bodies to make a variety of soundsthat they do not direct or attempt to control the range of. Spirit plays, and human beingssimply observe the attendance of the symphony that they and all the others are performing.It is quite profound.

These harmonics can be utilized in incredible ways, for harmonics canevolve many things. One of the things that is important for utilizing these harmonics isto be very silent once the harmonics are complete. The harmonics alter something; theyopen the door. Certain combinations of sounds played through the human body unlockinformation and frequencies of intelligence. Being silent for a long period after theharmonics allows human beings to use their bodies as devices to receive and absorb thefrequencies and to use the vehicle of breathing to take them into an ecstatic state.

When you tone with others, you have access to the group mind that youdid not have prior to making the sound. It is a gigantic leap in consciousness. The keyword is harmony. When the entire planet can create a harmonic of thought, the entireplanet will change. That is what you are working for. You are going to broadcast afrequency, and that sound is going to travel. It is going to become a desperate aching andlonging for the return to harmonics within the human race -a return to the power of thegroup mind and the simultaneous empowerment of the individual.

What you intend to do with sound is of the utmost importance. If youare not clear about your intentions, sound can have away of enveloping upon itself andgrowing beyond its original capacity. It doubles and quadruples itself with its ownimpact. It is very important for you to have a clear intention of what you plan on doingwith the sound. That is number one.

Number two is that sound stirs energy up. It creates a standingcolumnar wave, building frequency upon frequency. This energy can then be directed at ortoward anything. You have heard about those who marched around the city of Jericho. Theymarched for days around Jericho and created a standing wave. The wave eventually built upso much energy that the city walls imploded.

Native dance, rattling, shaking, and moving in circles creates theenergy of this wave. When you make sound in a circle, or in the circumference of thepillar of light, you create a column that is capable of doing many more things than youever realized. It is capable of creating explosions and of destroying and creating manyrealities.

Among the war-oriented tribes, the warhoop was used by those who wentinto battle. The unified and intended invocation was to ask the nonphysical forces toaccompany them. The warriors would use this kind of sound to combat their opponents byallowing energy to move through a portal and create a standing column. When you hear asound like a warhoop, you remember uncomfortable ways that the sound has been utilizedbecause it is very powerful. It makes others uncomfortable because it reminds them of theresponsibility of sound. Some of you are petrified of sound; you are petrified of thesound of your own voice speaking out and stating with clarity what you prefer. You havecellular memory of what sound can achieve, and the impact or capability of what you can dowith it is to some of you rather devastating. Sound can link you to places where yourintellect cannot. Your intellect strives to categorize, but you cannot categorize sound;you must simply experience it.

Misuse happens through intent. You can discover the power of sound andthen misuse it to manipulate others. What do you experience when you live in a city andhear sirens? Fear. That is

a misuse of sound, and it is altering your frequencies. It is a verybase way to do so. Those who make the sound know the result of it on the human psyche. Itis jarring and disturbing and keeps you from placing your attention somewhere else. Thatfrequency is like a lock; it is hypnotizing, and it captures your consciousness and yourintelligence. It is as if your intelligence cannot focus any other place. It is almostlike being in a prison, because the sound imprisons your awareness so that it becomesaddicted to or locked into a vibratory rate and does not seek anything else. It becomessubdued. Think also of your televisions or the sound coming from other electrical devices.

It is always upsetting to look at the different forms of frequencycontrol and to see how powerful allies such as sound are used to control you. It creates agreat deal of anger, unrest, havoc, and excitement in many human beings when they hearabout the undercover devices used to manipulate consciousness. We share these things withyou for many reasons. The ultimate purpose is to bring you to greater self-empowerment.You must realize that you are not powerless in any situation and that your mind is theultimate of your creativity. Your mind and your thoughts design your experience no matterwhat method of technology is being used.

Those who act in their own reality with impeccable guidance, commitmentto harmony, and commitment to light align themselves with their dimensional counterpartswho are doing the same. You make bridges of light and hold light-encoded filaments aspillars and open portals. Those who are rewarded with the understanding that they arecalled to use sound as part of their work and who recognize that call and respond to itwill evolve at a rapid pace. Those of you evolving at this rate will be called one day torepresent many people, to represent world gatherings of consciousness, and to change theavailable frequency with your sound.

 

 

Chapter Nineteen

Igniting the Internal Flame

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 199 - 209, Chapter Nineteen.

The planet is looking for a balance in the self. Since the self is acomposite of all things, it is a harmonic that balances all of your extraterrestrialselves, multidimensional selves, and male and female selves.

You are incredibly whole beings, which you are beginning to realize.Allow yourself to blossom and come into this completeness. No one hinders you butyourself. If you allow this completion, there are vistas awaiting you that are beyond yourimagination. You are discovering that you need your emotional body and that you need bothyour femininity and your masculinity. You need all that you have been gifted with in orderto survive and understand what is unfolding upon the planet. Please realize the severityof the times that you are living in. As we spend time with each of you, you in turn willbe tested and then taken to teach many others when the time comes.

Through feeling, you can discover much more, for you are seeking toresolve something and make something whole within yourself. To show yourself how unwholeyou are, you have created a situation of tremendous separation that appears to be outsideof yourself. It looks as if your drama has to do with a powerful man against a powerfulwoman. Which one is going to be the victim? Who is right and who is wrong? What is thisinternal drama actually saying? What is this outside mirror that images what is going oninside of you?

As you access multidimensionality, you must merge male and female. Youwill not stop at the separation or fight between men and women that has been going on forthousands of years. Who is creating the separation between men and women' It is thecreator gods, who have set up this paradigm for you and instigated these frequencies fromother points of view. The separation story has served them well because of the havoc ithas created.

The male vibrations came into power in recent times some five thousandyears ago. In order to slowly recognize who they were, they completely and totallydisassociated themselves from anything that was formerly in power: the matriarchalmovement and females. Females operate traditionally through the realms of intuition andfeeling. Males have also been carriers of intuition and feeling a multitude of times, butin this recent separation they did not carry feelings with them. There was a huge schism,and the males and females on the planet came into great conflict. Why did this occur? Itwas a setup. It was set up by the creator gods who took over the planet and raided thereality-feeding, keeping themselves alive and functioning, and nourishing themselves offemotional turmoil.

This planet has been subjected to all kinds of plans and activitiesorchestrated to create greater and greater emotional turmoil. The more people involved inthese activities, the more potential for emotional turmoil there has been. The creatorgods instigated these activities and set you up to work against each other. In order tobust this paradigm, as you all are on assignment to do, you must change many of theseparating structures that have been set up. Whatever the separation may be between manand woman, black and white, or Oriental and Caucasian-you must change it.

You came onto the planet purposely to insert yourselves as members ofthe Family of Light in situations that are archetypal. As we have said, you are doing thisso that you can understand the masses and transmute energy for them by being able totransmute it within yourself. Once you make a healing or joining, you take it on and healnot only yourself, you heal the species and the mass psyche.

Remove yourselves from your personal drama and realize that it is allsymbolic. See yourself as a female entity looking for identity, and notice how a maleidentity constantly seems to oppose you. You must discover how you can bring theseidentities together inside yourself. When this joining occurs inside you, it willautomatically proceed outside you. As you have journeyed upon this planet, part of whatyou have come to heal is male dominion over the female. You don't need to take what youare doing personally or carry it as a personal burden as if it is just yours. It is notjust yours; it is universal.

Each of you carries energies to resolve within your collectiveexperience. As members of the Family of Light, you each have your reincarnationalgoodies-your "stuff"-in areas that most impersonate you and that you find to bestimulating. That is why you are all different. As members of the Family of Light, youneed to branch out or fan out to get the hang of being human. You need to cover the fullspectrum of experience so that you can comprehend from a cellular level how much needs tobe transmuted, how deep the sense of powerlessness runs, and how lost the energy of theGoddess is from the consciousness of the species.

Remember, you are creatures who have been locked in development by frequency,and your task is to bring human beings to the place where they can be poised toconsciously accelerate human evolution. When you are locked in evolution by frequency andDNA manipulation, there is only a certain kind of frequency that can broadcast. There isfighting with the self, and things seem to be more separated. As you become more complete,you do not separate things in such a way: you see that all things are part of theexperience. Sometimes you become so lost in the experience of being human that you forgetwhat you are here to do.

As members of the Family of Light, you have come here to transmute forthe species. As soon as you get less attached to the drarnas, you will not feel so caughtup and victimized by them. You will understand that this is a collective of energy you aredealing with. So, collectively, if you can come to the realization inside yourselves, youcan broadcast a new vibration for women and men to harmonize with.

Everv time you feel as if you have made headway, you have. Do notdiscount the steps you have taken. You discredit yourself when you look at your behaviorand judge yourself or others as bad. Look for what you get out of everything.

The conflict that is going on is actually between the male and femaleinside of you. You have not figured out how to merge your male and female parts, and thereare millions of others with the same conflict. Be kind and generous to yourself. As youbuild cooperation between your male and female counterparts within yourselves, you will beable to find the cooperation to work with one another on the planet and the cooperation towork with the beings who come from space who are all yourselves.

You all need to become sovereign. As you change, you need to have aspace around you within which you can operate without feeling obligated to someone else.At the same time, you cannot make demands on someone else without allowing them the sameright. You are redefining in many ways the whole concept of relationship and cooperation.Relationship is cooperation. It is agreed cooperation of frequency, or frequencymodulationblending. Many of your old ways of relating are becoming very irritating because you arediscovering a freedom frequency. Your assignment is to pull that freedom frequency ontothe planet. Of course, you will pull it into your own life and family and relationshipsfirst. Ideally, you will learn how to be free while still being involved in an intricatenumber of relationships, relatings, and relayings of life.

Unfortunately, on this planet, relationships connote ownership. When aman and woman get married, the woman's father traditionally has the role of giving heraway. In other words, a male figure must hand her over. There is an incredible expectancywithin relationships about another's behavior. Get clear about what your idea ofrelationship is, and this will facilitate things in the long run. Just as there is noownership with parenthood, there is no ownership in a relationship. You relate to oneanother as you relate energies back and forth. Ideally, there is communication with all ofthis relaying and relating.

The male vibrations give their power away just as much as the females.They give it away to a government that says, "Here, go jeopardize your life. Go takea stand and shoot for us. If your body gets chopped up, we will take care of you in ahospital and give you a bit of money. What the heck; go for it," and the males justobey. The chain of obeying and giving the power of the individual away is then complete.

You are opening your feeling centers. Men tend to have greater blocksin their feeling centers than women do. Energy in the male has been stuck, because it hasmoved from the first chakra to the second chakra and stopped. The feeling center in themale vibration has not been activated. This is part of the experiment that has gone on forthe last four or five thousand years. The female energy, which feels and brings life ontothe planet and represents creativity, moved into a submissive state in order for the malevibration to have its opportunity, without feeling, to run the world.

We want you to get the big picture. We are looking at movements ofconsciousness. The female, who carried the magic and the intuitive, agreed to give theseup-female meaning not just female physical beings but consciousnesses who werefemale. Many of the native cultures that lived with Earth and knew about life were veryfeminine. Remember, the female literally brings life onto the planet, for life comes outof the female body. The female therefore carries feelings, because you can't bring lifeonto the planet and not feel-unless you participate in the patriarchal movement thatcreates drugs to numb you from feeling. When you can't feel life, you don't value life.When you feel life and participate in the creation and deliverance of life, you value lifemuch more because you know about it.

The patriarchal movement over the last five thousand years has removeditself from the birthing process so that it could carry out its experimentations involvingwar and the continual annihilation of people. The energy was purposely blocked in themale. As we mentioned, the male energy is very stuck. We are not pointing fingers.However, we are saving, in general, that the energy of the male species on the planet isvery stuck in the second chakra or within the penis. Females, you are stuck in yourthroats because you agreed four or five thousand years ago to be silent about the magicand intuition of what you represented and knew as one part of the twin flame. The thinflame is the male and female existing in one body, whether you are physically male orfemale.

The patriarchal society has been run by the male aspect of the self,which you all have been. You have all experimented with consciousness and taughtyourselves about what works best, preparing for this time when the flames will be littogether in your body. At this time, the twin flame is not sought as a partner outside ofthe self but is understood to be the integration of the male and female selves and theripeness of all that self has done. After you have integrated the male and female withinyourself and activated your own twin flame, then, when you seek a partner, you will seeksomeone complete, not someone to fill the need that you have not acknowledged or that youhave not filled for yourself.

During these times of change, women are going to need to open theirthroats and give themselves permission to speak out. Now is the time. And men, yourchallenge in understanding women and other men is to feel, and to let feeling enter yourexpression of sexuality in your relationships. Many men now, are having a very difficulttime with women. Women are driving men crazy. It is true.

What we are suggesting for the male vibration-and also for the femalewho operates in the male aspect of herself-is that you move into feeling in your sharingof sexuality. Move into the emotionality of things, rather than just the sexuality andstimulation of the body. There is an emotional stimulation that needs emotional commitmentand emotional trust. Electromagneticallv, this emotional stimulation will open a frequencywithin you. This frequency that sexuality represents is a reminder of your godhood. .

The male shut down his feeling center in order to experiencestewardship upon this planet. He was able to carry on war and to kill and dominate theplanet because he had shut down his feeling center. The female agreed to have her speakingcenter shut down so that the male would have the opportunity to experience being in chargeof this system.

All of this is now coming to a point of stabilization or equalization.The female began to open her throat about thirty years ago, making the opportunity tospeak fashionable. The problem is that many females ended up shutting down their feelingcenters as they opened their speech centers. They began to become very much like males. Abalance is needed. Now the female is finding the need to awaken the feminine principleinside herself. She is in a female body and has mastered the use of the male vibrationwithin herself. She has gone out into the world, and she feels powerful. She can walk thestreets without a veil on her face, and she can decide whether she wants to be married.She is her own property. She is responsible in this country for her own decisions. She isbeginning to soften and to awaken the portion of herself that nurtures her and brings herlife. As she makes herself whole with her male and her female portions and allows herselfto experience the evolved DNA, she broadcasts this frequency. This frequency will becomevery prevalent upon the planet.

It is inevitable that men will open their feeling centers. That is thenext step men must go through to establish a balance with the female. This will happenvery quickly for men. It will not be a thirty-year process because men at this time aremoving as a populace into confusion. Men are realizing that they don't like what isoccurring, and they are questioning authority.

At some point, the frequencies will become predominant. Then, forexample, a person may be experimenting on an animal in a laboratory when their feelingcenter is suddenly and radically opened. The person feels the pain that the animal isfeeling, and what they have been doing becomes abhorrent. They turn around and walk awayfrom the laboratory and never go back because they are so shaken. This is what is comingfor the male vibration.

We have said that the male vibration will transform in a very shortperiod of time. We will not tell you why or how because some of you will consider it to beentirely too ominous. However, we will say that, as the waves continue to come, there willbe a unilateral rising of consciousness within the population. At a certain point, whenmen are in the deepest struggle of mastering feeling, the feeling center will beactivated. This will either occur gently, or it will be blown wide open.

Women at the same time will be hit, infused, and enveloped with theopening of the heart chakra so that they can have compassion while they watch their menfeel. We are speaking of mass events that will trigger people through waves of light.

Female energy, that which feels and connects life to life, is beingawakened in everyone. Women must redefine their ideas of femaleness and strength. Theymust find what it is to be strong as females, just as men must discover what it is to bevulnerable as males. What is the endearing aspect of the male when he is vulnerable? Whatis the endearing aspect of the female when she is in self-empowerment-when she is afeminine version of empowerment and not a masculine version?

Women have had a hard shell around their energy fields; they have beenprotecting themselves. Now they are going to develop true emotional strength. That hardouter shell will diffuse, and the light body will radiate from the heart. The goddessesand the gods are agreeing and working with this energy. It is so decreed that this is howthe drama will unfold.

The old stories have been buried and covered that recount the magic of the female, the creator, the one able to bring birth, the one holding the mystery of blood-the life force-and the one able to put that life force back into Earth. Where are the stories of the Goddess-she who loves and feels and nurtures? The male species used to have Goddess energy inside, too, and felt the need for the Goddess.

In order to better control the planet during the last several thousandyears, all of the myths have been given to you by extra terrestrials. They have seeded allof your religious institutions. We have said you are an experiment. At times, theexperiment has been uplifting and loving, but in recent times it has moved into incredibledecay. You, as members of the Family of Light, have come to raid this planet and pulllight back onto it so that the nonsense of separation and war never need be believedagain. Man and woman are meant to complement each other, not oppose each other.

Remember, feeling is emotion. Emotion is the key to getting off thisplanet; it is the key to figuring out the multidimensional self, healing it, and becomingone. It is also the key to lovingly activating Earth as a Living Library, returning avaluable area of existence from extinction. With men and patriarchal society in charge ofthis planet for the last several thousand years, and women taking a positionunderground-not even in the back seat-separation has been the theme and emotion has beenpushed aside, given a bad name, and frowned upon. You have been automatons, performingroles that were given to you to keep you separated.

You do not have a pantheon of powerful female creator images. You havenothing on which to pattern a positive image of the empowered feminine. So men arestriving to be male and women are striving to be empowered through a male vibrationbecause you do not have a clear vision of the empowered female. You must create it. Beginto recognize the wealth of energy in the female version of self, which is intuition,receptivity, creativity, compassion, and nourishment. You are discovering that there is awealth of identity in an essence that has been discredited for along time. If you arefemale, of course, you are a living form of that essence. Men must discover their form ofthe Goddess within themselves where the Goddess meets the god in them.

By the same token, the view of the masculine is distorted. You do nothave an example of an empowered, feeling male. Society has deemed feeling males"soft" and lacking in masculinity. Men are beginning to look at their emotionsand say, "Hey, I feel this," and know that they are still men. So men andwomen are both creating role models for empowered, integrated versions of masculine andfeminine. These models are coming, and they are coming quickly. The time for separation isfinished.

As we mentioned, it is not outside yourself that you are lookingfor a twin flame partner. You are looking for the integration of the female and maleessence within yourself. They make one whole. Whole people are looking to connect withother whole people in relationships that are based on trust, desire, and choice. Therelationships are not based on "I need you in my life to complete me and validateme." You become complete in yourself and operate with someone else who is complete inthemself and offers a whole new territory to explore.

When you marry that twin flame inside yourself, you are recognizing theintuitive, Goddess, life-bringing, sensitive portion of yourself as well as the portion ofyourself that is powerful, rational, and intellectual. One that is very much of the Earthplane and the other is very much of the spiritual plane. When you merge these energiestogether in yourself, it will be imperative that you find someone who has the samequalities. You will not fit with someone who is not integrated and whole.

You will automatically draw whole people to yourself, and it will beeffortless. You will be able to plug into one another out of desire and recognition, notout of need. You will achieve something that you never recognized as a possibility in anyrelationship before, and you will give relationship a very new personality, a newboundary, and a new definition. You will become your own role models for this new type ofrelationship. Many of you will find that the marriage institution is meaning less. It willnot fit and house what you know or how- you want to live.

As all of you are on the path of integrating the polarities withinyourselves, difficult issues are going to come Lip over and over again. Welcome thedifficult times, for they can be your greatest teacher. Stay focused on your own growth,your own path, and your own self, and not on what others are doing. Call on your owninternal masculine and feminine and set up a dialogue between them so they can begin towork in partnership and harmony. Give yourself a lot of love and encouragement. Make anappointment with yourself and say, "I love you, self. You are a wonderful self. Youare A-Number-One, the best self."

When you give yourself the dignity of your own love, as if you wereroyalty receiving the accolades of the people, everything changes. Strength andintegration become yours because you believe in and love who you are. When you believe inand love yourself, everything starts to go your way. The most difficult thing for most ofyou is making the commitment to believe you deserve love. No one else has to love you. Youare not here to go around gathering love from other people to convince yourself that youare worth it.

You are here to master a very difficult task in a system that is darkand gives very little input, stimulation, or information about the true story. You arehere to do the impossible. By committing to love yourself and making this commitment thenumber-one step from which you operate every day, everything falls into place. You becomewhole and complete. Then you are ready for a bonded relationship with another who iscomplete, and that relationship can take you into unexplored realms.

 

 

Chapter Twenty

Sexuality-A Bridge to Higher Levels of Consciousness

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 211 - 223, Chapter Twenty.

When the library of yourselves was torn from the shelves and scattered,and the DNA was split so that there were only two strands left with very little data andvery little memory, sexuality was left intact in the physical body. It was left as a formof reproduction, of course-as a form for the species to stay in touch with its own essenceand bring itself into life. Very deep inside the mechanism of sexuality is a frequencythat can be attained that has been sought after and misunderstood by many people. It iscalled orgasm.

The orgasm has been distorted from its original purpose. Your body hasforgotten the cosmic orgasm of which it is capable because society has taught you forthousands and thousands of years that sexuality is bad. You have been taught this in orderfor you to be controlled and to keep you from seeking the freedom available throughsexuality. Sexuality connects you with a frequency of ecstasy, which connects you back toyour divine source and to information.

Sexuality has been given a bad name upon this planet, and that bad nameis stored in your cellular memory. This is not just from this lifetime; it is fromthousands of years of misappropriation and misuse. It is necessary for you to clear thenegativity surrounding sexuality from this lifetime, as well as to experience and examinehow you utilize sexual energy and sexual expression in your multidimensional selves.

The sexual parts of the body are avenues to pleasure that createfrequencies that heal and stimulate the body and potentially lead it to its higherspiritual self. Sexuality is so misunderstood on this planet that, when it is exchangedbetween two persons, very seldom is there an intent to connect spirituality with it.Sexuality invokes a spirituality that is free and that looks at itself as a creator.However, very seldom is sexuality used as a bridge to take you to higher levels ofconsciousness.

We have spoken with a number of individuals who have been utilizinglight. Since finding the proper partner in a monogamous situation, they have been able toachieve very high states of being. Monogamy tends to work for most of you very wellbecause of where you are vibrationally. When you have many partners, you tend to be lessthan honest and to hide who you are: you share a little here, there, and everywhere inscattering your seed. It is best to be with one person, but this does not mean the sameperson forever. Be loyal, be open, and be sharing with the person you are working with,and go as far as you can with them. If it happens to be your whole life, wonderful. If itdoesn't, then when you come to a place where you are no longer communicating and servingone another, and you feel the relationship is not going to be able to make a leap,terminate the relationship and find another person who works with your vibration.

When you work one-on-one intimately, you develop trust. Most of youhave difficulty trusting yourselves because you don't have a role model for trust. You canlearn about trust in a relationship because a relationship acts as a mirror for you,showing you what you cannot see from your own viewpoint. It shows you yourself outside ofyourself when you have open communication within sexuality and deep intimacy, and when youare not using sexuality as a distraction for getting close. Many of you have usedsexuality as a distraction and a way to avoid intimacy rather than to develop it. Youbegin to get energo and to look into one another's eves and to feel all hot and excited.Then, instead of exploring each other intimately and spiritually, you shut down yourfeeling centers, put on your armor, and have shallow, genital sex because it is toofrightening and too intense to go the deeper route of full body and full spiritualconnection. Sometimes hot sex feels great and is wonderful. We are simply saving thatthere is more. There is much more, and no one is keeping it from you except yourselves andthe beliefs and fear you have of letting down your boundaries and walls.

Many of the fears you have are based on what you have created foryourselves and what you have done to others in your sexual life. Your sexual historyaffects every other portion of your soul, so all of your soul's issues are broadcast loudand clear throughout your body. You don't want to look at this sometimes because it is toopainful, and you judge it because you think it is bad. Stop judging, and get neutral aboutwhat you have done-no matter what you discover, no matter how heinous it seems, no matterhow difficult it seems, and no matter how much violation it involves. Understand that yourpurpose has been to gather data and to understand your selves.

Sexuality is a frequency. It represents what was not taken away fromyou even though your history, your memories, and your identity were removed and scattered.The way you were left intact with the ability to discover who you were was through thesexual experience. Of course, you were never taught this. We are going to do some churchbashing here. So sorry for anyone who is a member of the churches. The churches came aboutas organizations-businesses to control religion and spiritual development and to createjobs, to create a hierarchy, and to create a club. Very few churches came about with theidea of bringing information to people. You don't usually think of religion as somethingthat keeps you informed, do you? Any religion that brings information is a religionoperating on the vibration of truth.

Spiritual realms are places of existence that the human bodyis lockedaway from. Because sexuality was an opportunity for human beings to regain their memory,or to connect with their spiritual selves and spiritual creator, or to find an avenue tothe spiritual realm that you are sealed off from, the churches came about and promotedsexuality for procreation. They taught you that the only reason you had sexuality was toproduce little humans.

Sexuality was promoted as something very bad. Women were told thatsexuality was something they had to undergo to serve men and that they had no control overthe birthing process. Women believed this; hence, to this day, you believe in general thatyou have no control over that portion of your body. You must realize that only you decidewhether you are going to birth a child or not. This is not such a complicated thing as youhave been told. Decision and intention are what bring the experience to your being. Youcan control whether you have a baby or not. If woman had had this ability for the lastseveral thousand years, and if she had been able to explore her sexual self without fearof having a child, perhaps men and women would have discovered that they were much freerthan they had been told they were.

The discovery of the highest frequency of sexuality arises from thelove experience. It has nothing to do with relationships being either homosexual orheterosexual. It has to do with two human beings bringing pleasure to one another in a waythat opens frequencies of consciousness. You have bought many ideas about what is properand what is improper within sexual expression.

Love is the essence that is to be created in all relationships. If youlove and honor someone, it doesn't matter what your composition of density is. Whatmatters is the love vibration and how you explore this love, which ideally is gifted andcoupled with the integration of the male and the female counterparts that make the twinflame.

Ideally, sexuality is explored through feelings. The third and fourthchakras connect you to the emotional and compassionate selves, which connect you to thespiritual self. The spiritual self is the part of yourself that is multidimensionalthrough which you exist in many forms simultaneously. It is vour assignment and agreementand task to be aware of all these realities in the identity that you are. When you areaware, you can time into the different frequencies, remember who you are, and change thevibratory rate of this universe.

We love to talk about sexualitv because it is so mvsterious upon thisplanet. Certain mystery schools have held some of the knowledge about the potential usesof sexuality in secrecy. You are electromagnetic creatures, and when you come togetherphysically with another human creature, you bond your electromagnetic frequenciestogether. When your frequencies are attuned and joined by a love frequency, incrediblethings can occur.

Thousands of years ago, when society had more of a matriarchal view incertain areas of the planet, Goddess energy was coming through and working with certainindividuals. The female understood her power, her intuition, her feeling center, herconnection, and her desire to create life. She also understood that she never had toconceive a child if it was not her intention to do so.

In order for the patriarchal society to come full circle and prepareEarth for this shift in consciousness, female energy needed to take a back seat. So femalepower, energy, and understanding of sexuality were suppressed. In modern times the pasttwo thousand years-it came to be upon the planet that women believed they had no controlover when they could have children, that sexuality was deemed bad and disgusting, and thatsex was taught to be performed only within the rights of marriages and so on. All of thiswas a marketing program.

Some of the present-day marketing programs to create an even greaterfear of sexuality and its expression are the new diseases: AIDS, herpes, and all the otherthings. You read about these things in your newspapers and become frightened of your ownexpression, frightened of your own intuition, and frightened of your own joy. Do youunderstand?

Before DNA was rearranged, the way many people reached the higherrealms and were able to climb the ladders of themselves and reach into off-planetfrequencies was by electrornagneticallv bonding through love. They created arocketship-like experience to propel them out into other systems of reality. This has beenone of the best-kept secrets upon the planet.

Many we have spoken to have had absolutely profound experiences withtheir sexuality. We would like to point out again that we are not making distinctions orjudgments about who you happen to bond with in a relationship, and we suggest that yougive up that judgment as well. It is old programming. It does not matter whether you bondwith a member of the opposite sex or a member of your own sex. We are talking about twohumans coming together by physically joining themselves in whatever ways are appropriatefor them to join and create love, because they are sharing love. When integrity and loveare missing from a joining of human bodies, that is when human beings do not think well oftheir experience. This can create all kinds of damaging results within the physical body.

You were left with the frequency of the orgasmic experience insexuality so that you could remember your higher identity. When this energy or history ofyourself is revealed and you discover who you are, you will unite many bodies of yourpersonal multidimensional identity in your physical form. To receive the full impact ofthe gridwork of your identity, let the twelve helixes fit in your body and allow thelight-encoded filaments to rearrange themselves. This process has to do with the mentalbody, which is of course connected to the physical body. The emotional body, which isconnected to the spiritual body, is the body that everybody wants to skip. You say,"I want to evolve. I want a rapid acceleration, but I do not want to go through thefeeling center to do it."

You are connected to your multidimensional selves through yourfeelings, and it is in your feelings that you primarily get stuck. Accept that your"stuff" comes up for a reason. Many of you would like to bury your"stuff" and throw it out in the trash as if it is something ugly and not who youare. This "stuff" is the shadow portion of your identity that you don't like todeal with or accept.

We understand that sometimes, when something comes Lip, you label itand say, "I hate this part of myself. I want to just finish it and sweep it under therug and forget it. I'm finished with this stuff." Guess what. Your"stuff"-your issues-are the treasures of your life. They are how you learn.

You have agreed to mutate, to pull light into your body, and to birththe Family of Light on this planet. Since light is information, you must deal with all ofthe things you have hidden from yourself. Sexuality is the primary issue because it is thesecret self-the self you hide from. Society has said to you, "This is good. This isbad. You are to do this. You are not to do this." Who gave you these laws? Who gaveyou any of your laws to begin with?

You have been stuck because you can't read the symbols of the languageyou are speaking to yourselves. So you dwell upon it. Many of you love your storiesbecause they get you attention. If you didn't have a story, who would talk to you? Observeyour body and see what it is teaching the self. Ideally, you will heal the sore and createa place of greater comfort and joy as you learn to dwell more completely in your physicalbody and have a new identity of your sexuality.

Sexuality is a key. It is a doorway to the higher realms ofconsciousness. As you redefine yourselves, and the light-encoded filaments give you a newdefinition of yourselves, you are going to change who you are sexually as well. Sexualitymust come up for all of you, and, we will say from experience, it is the area that you aremost frightened of at this time. We guarantee there will be more frightening areas later.

If you are stuck on the idea of love and cannot comprehend what isgoing on with it, your difficulty is that you are looking for love outside yourself. Youare looking for somebody else to put meaning in your life and validate you. If you do nothave that person, you become angry or feel you are worthless. This is a pattern you grewup with, which your parents and your society showed you. We have said over and over againthat the most important thing you can do is love yourself and honor Earth. But you keepforgetting this and looking for the next relationship to make you whole or complete. Youfeel that without a relationship you are perhaps less than an acceptable citizen. Then youfeel lonely. You must learn how to be alone. Loneliness is simply a state of mind. You arenever, never alone. You have multitudes of entities around you. If you would stop feelingsorry for yourselves, you would find that there is so much data constantly being blastedat you that you may want to be alone so you can have a good time receiving the contact.

When you love yourself and stop getting convoluted about the need tohave someone else love you, you are able to accept what someone offers. It is imperativethat you value yourself so that you do not settle for a love disguised. If you decide togo for a partner or to vibrate with someone, and you do not receive what you want, do notwhine or nag or pout about the person to make them change according to your needs. If youset a value for yourself and do not create it, then simply change your reality andcontinue onward alone until you meet someone who reflects your value. All the while,vibrate in the love of the self, honor the self, and understand that the journey here isabout selfdiscovery in relationship to others. It is not just about husbands orwives. The journey here is about honoring your physical body and the uniqueness of theself as you touch the lives of many. Always allow yourself to work with the self and letthe self evolve.

You are all afraid of being intimate with yourselves-of being alonewith the self. Once you develop an intimacy, a silence, a self-love, and a containment ofyour energy, then you will want to make that aspect of intimacy your standard for intimacywith someone else.

Sexuality can be very confusing at this time because you are raisingand studying your frequencies. When you join bodies, even when you hug one another, youexchange frequency. When you have a sexual experience, there is a hormonal release insidethe body. The hormones awaken certain energies inside the cells, and there is atransference of one person's essence onto the other person. That is why when vote have hadsexual experiences with someone volt sometimes cannot get their energy off vote. Eventhough you don't want to be with the person, the sexual experience stays with you becauseyou have had an electromagnetic exchange.

You are going through this frequency modulation and learning how toraise your frequency to a place of consistent information, self-love, and self-intimacy.Therefore, it can seem very confusing and sometimes frightening to take this vulnerablething you are learning about yourself and layer up and merge with another. The more youbecome aware, the more you take charge of how you use your body, where you plug it in,where you sit it down, and certainly who you mix it with sexually.

If expressing yourself sexually now encouraged your greatest growth,you would automatically create that experience for yourself because you would be ready forit. Understand that, during the process of evolving the self, very often a period ofdormancy in sexual activity occurs. Within the sexual frequency, you exchange with oneanother. So if you are bonding yourself and chemically exchanging with a person who is notof your likeness, you are taking on their garbage because you are exchanging energy quiteintimately.

Sometimes you will be led away from that kind of exchange. You maythink, "Oh, my goodness, what is happening? Am I turning old? Am I drying up? What isgoing on?" That is not the case. You can learn to use the energy that would stimulateyou sexually without giving it over to another person. Instead of getting chaotic andcrazy, you may explore that energy by practicing the art of masturbation, knowing that itis perfectly legitimate and fine to do it. Or, you may want to simply observe that youfeel a sexual arousal and decide what you are going to do with it. You may say,"Well, I'm not going to act on this now. Let's see where this energy goes." Takethe energy, let it rise through your body, and use it in other areas.

You will get to a point when you must adore, sustain, and love yourselfas if you are holding yourself like a newborn babe in your own arms, knowing you will dothe best for yourself. Many of you distract yourselves. Find the place of serenity andsilence in which you cyan find answers. You cannot find answers by dialing the telephoneall day long and asking everyone else for them. If you attempt to, you are demonstratingthat you are looking outside of yourself. When you learn how to turn within to findanswers, the self will speak. Usually you cannot hear because you are locked in behavioralpatterns that you know you have to change but that you don't want to change because youdon't know who you will be.

In all honesty, you are afraid of yourselves. This is a very commonthing. You are afraid you will not be complete, and you want to be complete very much. Soyou say, "I am complete. I am sovereign. I need someone else. I am attracted tosomeone. Oh, no, I cannot look. I am too frightened of that. I don't need anyone. I doneed someone." You go back and forth. Learn to still your mind. Learn to becomecompletely in charge of your energy. What does that mean? It means that wherever you are,you observe yourself-how your body is positioned, how you are using your hands, whetheryou are repeating yourself over and over again, whether you are speaking or silent. Learnto watch yourself with no judgment. Learn to watch and selfcorrect by determining how youwould like to be versus how you are. Learn to quiet your mind.

Frequency is carried from you to another person particularly if thereis a love bonding. A love bonding does not mean that you are going to cleave to oneanother forever. It simply means that you are in a relationship for however long you deemthat relationship appropriate in that you honor one another and exchange energies and letthe energies flow as if through open circuitry. When you do not love another and you arenot bonded, there is no exchange; the circuitry does not open. It does not mean that youcannot have good sex; it simply means that the circuitry is not open.

As this electrical current is raised higher and higher, there aregreater heights of orgasmic experience that the human body can receive because the nervoussystem is able to handle the higher ecstatic frequencies. The nervous system willdetermine how you express yourself and how you feel. If you have a poorly evolved nervoussystem, your sexual experience will be very limited because the nervous system conductsthe electrical current. The orgasmic experience brings about a healing and realignment ofthe physical body.

Eventually, you will not be able to get close to or be with someone whois not operating at the same voltage you are. You simply will not fit. It would be likeputting a size nine foot into a size two shoe. It won't work or be comfortable. You won'tfit because you won't be able to merge vibrationally.

You will eventually understand the importance of vibrationalnourishment as you begin to link sexually. Linking sexually is only one way of mergingwith people who are moving at the same or a compatible voltage rate. Your reality is veryinteresting to us because you have so many clues in your waking world. When you go to aforeign country, your electrical appliances do not plug in. They don't fit, so you need anadapter. It would be stressful if you had to continuously adapt to a vibration when youwere involved intimately in a sexual relationship. It would be too much effort. You wouldspend all your energy creating the adaptive mechanisms. Then you would be in denial andnot give yourself permission to go further because you would lower the ceiling.

The sixties marked the opening of sexual exploration. In an instant,the paradigm shifted. Much of the energy that was on the planet at that time, coupled withthe experimental ingestion of different mind-altering substances, immediately made a newparadigm and split you from previous generations. The boundaries were instantly changed.You were split from a generation that believed in war and did not feel-a generation whosesexual expression was done in the dark, perhaps with many clothes on. You broke theparadigm wide open in many ways, and you set new trends and created new ways of being. Itwas wonderful. "Oh, goodness, free sex and love and bodies showing!" you said.

Now it is time for a whole new revolution through which you will becomevibrationally hooked to a person. There will be no more distractions of sexuality and nomore pretending that you are without hang-ups-that you are sexually liberated because youcan be in this position and that position and say this and do that. That is simply bodyaerobics in the area of sexuality. We want you to get into the aerobics and contortions ofthe soul-the vibration. The depth of two people coming together and linking in thiscapacity is what you all crave. If you are frightened of it, it is because you don't havea framework or role model for it. You must design one. You must trust that somehow theenergy in the design of the cosmic blueprint will instantly bring about a new movementbased on the desire for this next step of understanding yourselves.

You will remember with great clarity your expressions of sexuality inyour different manipulations through reality-when you have been both men and women andexplored sexuality in every aspect. It takes courage to do this. If there is one area inwhich you really judge yourselves, and in which the planet does great judging, it is sex.You have had some definite ideas about what is sexually proper and improper. So, many ofyou may be shocked to remember what you have done with your sexuality.

Understand that, on this planet, sexuality has always been the body'slink to its higher frequency. Even though much of the data was scattered and disassembledin the body, this potential to create life remained for you to completely understand whoyou are at the base of your being and at the core of who you are. Sexual vibration hasbeen your link with your cosmic identity, but this whole concept has been completelymisunderstood and lost. We are simply saying that there is a bigger story and that it ismuch more exciting than anyone has dared to believe. There were those who did not want youto be in tune with

these frequencies because the sexual frequencies could have taken Youto areas of liberation where you would have begun to figure things out. Sexuality was leftas a frequency for you to ride through the nervous system and connect with the higher mindby going out of your body. If you had been told that this was the route out, who couldhave controlled or manipulated you?

The population must clear the negative connotations and judgments thathave colored your sexual experience for eons. You must make peace with sex in order tointegrate the frequencies and identity. Things have been manipulated and given a boundaryof limitation so that the truth of sexuality has been kept from you. You have been toldthat you can procreate with it and have orgasms, but you have not been told that you canopen frequencies with it. You can come into contact and use it as a method of rememberingwho you are and altering the vibrational frequency of your body.

In the next few years, your expression of sexuality will have a wholenew dimension. You will evolve and grow, provided that you have a partner who is willingto take the same route and to be that open. But if you are with someone who wants to playthe avoidance game or the game of denial, you will not get there.

 

 

Chapter Twenty-One

Your Commitment to Evolve in 3-D

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 225 - 237, ChapterTwenty-One.

From our point of view, you all have knowledge, and you just need toactivate the memory that is stored inside your being. We've noticed that some of you, fromyour location of experience, are out there moaning and groaning, saying, "We needhelp and assistance now and again." So let us suggest to you an avenue that you candefinitely walk down-a formula that works.

The formula is quite simple. It is for you, in the moment and everyday, to consistently set out with clarity what you wish to experience. Perhaps what youwant falls into a category of impossibility according to someone else's boundary orsomeone else's limitation. With a sense of deserving and graciousness, discover insideyourself what will bring you happiness. What makes you feel light and connected and alive?What do you desire that will bring peace on the planet as you occupy your own being?

Whatever those things are, begin to want them. Call them to yourself bysaying, "It is my intention that I experience a harmonious lifestyle. It is myintention to experience health and energy that lead me to creative adventures. It is myintention that I be well provided for, that shelter and food and all of the things I needto experience life be given to me in great abundance, and that I pass this great abundanceon and share it with others." These are not ideas you have been trained to think of.Two or three times a day, devote a small portion of your time

to getting clear about what you want. Every day open the energy centersin your body and above your Every day by calling the frequency of light. We call this thepillar of light. Picture a beam of light coming into your twelve chakra centers, seveninside your body and five outside your body. These chakras are information centers orvortexes that, once activated, begin to spin. When they spin, they create a movementinside your body that activates the light-encoded filaments to work together, rebundle,and form the twelve evolving helixes in the body.

It is very important for everyone who wishes to be in complete balancewith their physical being to practice, on a regular basis, some kind of deep-breathingprogram. This is a program in which breath is very important and oxygenation is practicedso that oxygen is brought into the body.

Another activity we recommend for those of you who wish to move into avast acceleration of energy is spinning. Move from left to right, spinning around andfocusing your vision on your thumb, counting and spinning. We recommend that you spinthirty-three times at least once a day. You may build up to the thirty-three spins veryslowly. If you are able to work up to thirty-three spins, three times a day, so that youare spinning ninety-nine times, well, we will see how long you stay on the planet-or atleast in this dimension. When you complete spinning, however many times you spin, bringyour palms together at chest level. Press them together, keeping your eyes open, andbalance yourself with your feet a shoulder's width apart so that you feel anchored andstill feel the spinning at the same time. This tremendously accelerates the spinning ofthe chakra systems inside your body, which tremendously accelerates the rate at which youcan interpret and receive data.

So, the methods to use are intention, breathing, using the pillar oflight, and spinning. We will add a postscript to these. As you are electronic beings whoare altering your frequency at a very fast rate, we would recommend that you drink atremendous amount of water: fresh water, purified water, or spring water. Water acts as aconduit or conductor. It keeps your system open and flowing.

There are many other things you can do. Learn to have altered-stateexperiences and not feel out of control. Cultivate them and go into them to gatherinformation, change probabilities, move onto the corridor of time, and alter your ownlives. Then come out of them with complete and total use of your will with respect to howyou use these altered states. When you learn to do this, the acceleration will beabsolutely phenomenal. When there are many consciousnesses on the planet registering thatkind of ability, the whole network that organizes and monitors human consciousness altersitself. More energy is able to come onto the planet because there are those who canaccommodate it.

Everyone can learn to accommodate and honor this energy, because itmust be housed. It is like an oil well. What good do oil wells do if they are untapped andshooting off here, there, and everywhere? Very little; they just create a mess. However,when you take energy gifts from Earth such as oil wells or sources of natural gas orwaterfalls and you combine them with your will, you put together a purpose or way ofdirecting the energy. Then a wealth occurs for those of you who direct these naturalresources. The most essential aspect of this entire process of directing and housingenergies is to value Earth and her experience first and foremost. You are being given anincredible natural resource at this time, and you must tap it and direct it. Then you willall become very wealthy individuals in the realms of accessibility and mastery.

Many of you want to reach the higher realms and stay there, forgettingthat your task is here on Earth. You must learn to stay grounded. The necessity of beinggrounded is something many of you do not understand. You will soon find out that if youmove into greater and greater acceleration and you do not have grounds-things to connectyou and pull the worlds into one you may have difficulty with your nervous systems. Whenfrequency changes and more light comes into the body, the typical vehicle begins toreceive much more data. Sometimes you get very bored living in your world, and you justwant to come into data receptivity and forget about what you consider the mundane world.If you are not grounded, you will not have a way of allowing that information to enteryour reality and be put to use. It could simply overload your system, or you could not beable to translate what you are getting and stay calm.

You need to balance many worlds at once. How do you do this? Byintention, by practice, and by decree. Grounding allows worlds to merge and allows you toaccess many worlds. It allows you to feel surges of energy and then to direct these surgesof energy where and when you need them-to become superhuman.

A good way to ground yourself is to go outside and sit on the ground.So go outside and be in nature. Stand or sit next to a tree for awhile. Put your chair inthe sun and read a book with the sun shining on you. Or go swimming, or put your feet inwater. These are the elements. They make up Earth, so you can feel them.

As you evolve and your entire species moves to merge dimensions, yournervous systems must be able to translate all of this information that will change how youdefine your world. This is coming. In the last year, the information that you may haveknown for years has become much more public. Many more people who have not been interestedin extraterrestrials or personal development have become either interested or at leastaware of these things. They are aware that there is a growing movement and that somethingis changing all over the world, not just in the United States.

There is a conflict of energies at this time, which you could calleither a skirmish or a grand battle. The battle is going to become grander still becauseit is a battle over whose frequency will prevail on this planet and who will own,manipulate, and train your frequency. Who are you, as a frequency in disguise as a human,and what specifically is your job in this time?

It is essential to know who you are and What you are doing when you aredoing it. As you become interdimensional and multidimensional, and as the frequenciesalter and the energies accelerate, your body goes through a drastic rapid change that thenervous system, the conveyer of information, must handle.

You must learn to handle many realities at once, to realize that youare doing this, and to have a place-Earth-to translate information into. You would not behere if it wasn't important for you to ground information and energy into Earth. Sowhenever you find yourself electrified or energized, realize that you are in an alteredstate. Realize also how many versions of altered states there are and that you mustinstruct yourself to become a conduit, like a big pipeline. When you know you are in analtered state and are being given information, healing energy, exaltation, or upliftment,act as a pipeline. Funnel the energy through yourself, and acknowledge and recognize thatyou are in a multidimensional expression. Register this, but do not analyze it. Just letthe energy filter through you into Earth, and it will make more sense later on.

You can discover your emotional body by making a decree that youbelieve emotions can be trusted. Decree that you believe emotions are good, that they aresafe, that they can take you somewhere, that they are beneficial, and that they are notjust in the way or misunderstood. Any time emotions are released in you, look to see whatthey do for you. When you have a fight with your child and your child screams at you andthen afterwards you feel bad and cry, look at your emotion. What is the emotion doing foryou? Whenever you are in emotion, you are accessing information from many realities. Findthat frequency and hold it.

It is somewhat of a universal belief that emotions are uncontrollable.They are not. You can control emotion, and you do not have to go out of control. Emotioncan become a frequency inside of you through which you feel to the depth and core of yourbeing. Yet, someone may look at you and not have any idea that anything is going on withyou. This does not mean you are blocking; it simply means you have set up a way to feel anemotion and not feel bad about it or good about it but just recognize you are feeling it.See what you can do with an emotion. Where does it take you? What is the next step?Disengage from the event that brought about the emotion. That will help some of you. www.universe-people.com

Bodywork serves to bring about a release. You have used the tissue andmuscle of your body as armor to cover up your skeleton. This tissue has compacted andburied itself and kept what is in the skeletal form from rising to the surface. You wantto access information that is within bone, for bone is where the story is held, while theblocks are held in tissue. You must go through all of these layers to get to the truthinside your body.

Your blueprint, or what you came onto this planet to achieve, begins toget excited when you get close. This is just like the game you played when you were achild; you would hide something, and when someone got close, you would say,"warmer." Your body gets excited as your blueprint begins to take over and youmove out of your logical mind and into experience. That is because you are aligningyourself with your purpose. Your body, not your mind, takes in the information. If youallow your emotions to have a free reign, you will have a much more satisfying experiencethan if you judge your emotions, do not understand what you are going through, and attemptto control them.

You need your emotious. We cannot emphasize that enough. Some ofyou pride yourselves on the fact that you don't have emotion. This will not work muchlonger because you will find that what you pride yourself on will bring about yourdestruction.

You may feel as if you have worked things through with your parents. Itwould be more accurate to say that you have had as much vision as has been possible at agiven time. When you experience some sort of bodywork or crystal work, or you create anykind of movement to higher ground, you get a bigger picture.

Information is stored and written in stone. Information is also storedand written in bone. That is why it is important to work with the skeletal structure,because it houses much of your experience in this lifetime. Let things come out, and donot chastise -ourself because you thought you were finished with certain events. Say,"This is wonderful! There is more here. I love it!" Use the experience as if youare discovering a gold mineas if you are discovering that you are a newly birthed, wealthyperson.

All you go through is what you decide you have to go through. You don'tknow how much you are clearing. You are opening avenues of consciousness for the planet,not just for yourselves. The good thing is that what you are clearing now is the easierstuff. Some of the far-out bizarre stuff will come later when you will be so blase aboutit that it won't make any difference. Everything happens in its own time.

The mutation occurring is the evolution or plugging-in of internal datato external data. The clearing occurring is the accessing of all the emotional bodies youhave been frightened of using. You need to access your emotional body in order tounderstand your spiritual body. As we have said, the mental body and the physical body gohand in hand, while the emotional body and the spiritual body go hand in hand. Because thespiritual body is nonphysical and you are locked in the physical realm, you must accessthe whole realm of the nonphysical through your emotions.

Human beings tend to love their dramas so much that they can get lostin the process of processing. Processing can become a way of life. This is not useful. Itis not "cool" to always be processing and saying to people, "Don't call me,I'm processing. I'm deep in my stuff. I can't figure it out." Yes, your personaldramas need to be examined. Yes, your personal dramas are a banquet of nourishment foryourself. But, eat the food and get on with life and make yourself another banquet. Quitholding onto these gems of your past and being so frightened that if you resolve theseissues you will never have anything else exciting come up again in your lives. It is goodto put processing in perspective.

The human body is evolving and changing. It may believe that it needs acertain nutritional combination because this is what you have been taught. Ideally at thispoint, however, you will forget what you have been taught. You will listen to your bodyand let your body tell you what it wants. We would guess that many of you in the last yearhave changed the things you want to eat. You no longer feel comfortable eating what youused to eat because the vibration within certain food is so intense that it is notcompatible with you. In the meat industry as you know it, the cattle, pigs, and chickensare not fed food. They live in small compartments, and many of them do not see the lightof day. Many of them defecate on top of one another because they live in layers of smallmetal boxes. This is how they are raised. They are fed steroids and antibiotics-thingsother than food. They are not raised with love. When they are taken to slaughter, they arealso not killed with love. So you are ingesting this vibration.

Remember that all things exist as a vibration. Animals were put uponthe planet to be companions for you, to live on the land, and to feed you and shelter youif necessary. This was to be done with love. If you live on a farm and raise your ownchickens and pigs, and if you feed them food, and if, when it comes time to bring them toslaughter, you do it with compassion and love, then it is fine. You give quality of lifeto the animals, and then the animals in turn recycle themselves to give you love andquality of life. That is the ideal. That was the reality for a long time upon this planet.It is not the reality any longer. Be aware of the vibration within things.

Let your body speak what it wants. Let yourself be willing to change,because your body, as it attempts to raise its vibration and build a light body, will moveaway from certain foods. Intend that you wish to change your diet and then intend thatthings come to you. We emphasize over and over again that you are much more than physicalbeings. You exist in many realities, and you have a multitude of guides. So each of youneeds to become more clear in your intentions. What do you want State, "I want toevolve. I want to change my diet. I wish to have a greater sense of intuition." Beclear about what you intend. The words I intend have tremendous power.

True health would consist of twelve completely mutated and evolvedhelixes inside the body, which would activate full brain capacity. It will take a whilefor the twelve helixes to be completely activated, though they can begin to be plugged in.Some of you have experienced them as plugged in, yet not activated. When they are inactivation, the full brain is in operation and you are geniuses. You know everything, youare telepathic, and you are able to do anything because you are the host of the LivingLibrary. You have the card that allows you to access any kind of information stored allover this planet.

If you could aspire to anything, we would ask you to become impeccableKeepers of Frequency. Keep inside yourself knowledge and information of the highest order,an order of unlimited being. Make that frequency, simply by living it, available to allaround you by walking your streets, shopping in your stores, and simply resting on yourpillows in the evening and knowing who you are.

There will come a time when you will no longer need to seek informationoutside of yourselves. At this time, we and others like us come to trigger you, to roundyou up, to gather you together, and to put you into clusters so that you can reflect offeach other and electromagnetically charge each other. When we work with you, we createsparks of light that allow openings. As these openings occur within you, you vibrate atsuch a rate that you affect everyone around you. Whenever something clicks with one ofyou, you send out a frequency of recognition and other people pick it up. That is how thegroup mind grows. It occurs without you rationally understanding it or specifically havinga picture or a realization of it because it happens electromagnetically within the body.You create the raising of energy according to how much you are able to handle.

Individuals must trigger themselves into multidimensionality. Part ofthe self makes a decision and says, "Alright, I wish to go into this multidimensionalexperience. What do I want to do?" The desire must wine first. The desire is arealization that puts you in the moment. Then you must decide what you are going to dowith this desire. You might forget it tomorrow. In order to structure this desire anddemonstrate that you are really serious about it, participate in events, actions, rituals,and ceremonies that demonstrate your commitment. Then you can proceed to structure yourlife in such a way as to send the signal that this is what you mean. This can be likeliving and walking prayer. Churches teach people to pray and beg certain lords for thingsthat they want or for forgiveness. We are suggesting a living prayer, a process by whichevery moment in the day has meaning and leads you because of the way you are acting andyour focus on what you are praying for.

Living prayer involves having a very conscious intention about theobjects in your environment: having an altar, having sacred things, and having nothing inyour reality that does not have meaning for you. We know that suggesting you have nothingin your reality that has no meaning sends an earthquake through some of you. But how manyof you are putting up with things you don't want in your life, whether it is the coat youhave been wearing for the last fifteen years that has a few moth holes under the arm orthe partner you have been carting around for thirty-five years who has more than a fewmoth holes? It is a challenge to get rid of everything in your life that does not havemeaning for you, yet this is essential.

Putting an altar together is a great overlay for activating ritual.Ritual stirs up cellular memory and reminds you of ancient teachings that are storedinside you. It puts these teachings into your active memory. Ritual puts you in the nowand takes you from one expanding now to another by honoring aspects of Mother Earth thathave personal significance. You create personal significance for yourself. All thingsfirst come into being because someone decided to energize them. Anything can be energized.It comes down to the power of the individual mind to activate the will and use it torestructure reality.

There is no one on the Earth plane at this time who is not impulsedtoward evolving. No one without this impulse would have come here. All the portals thatwere opened and the blueprints that were laid out for this time were conditioned to worktoward self-motivating, self-accelerating, rapid evolution. This book itself is a processand a trigger. The keys are hidden within this book. We encourage you to act on theimpulses that are whispering in your ear saying, "You are part of this Family ofLight, and Earth is a Living Library." We will entice you and assist you by sayingthat there are many rewards. Even though we will never guarantee that the challenges willstop, there is a stance of mastery that you will achieve.

Learn to read the symbols and follow the impulses to their highestconclusion. Being multidimensional means opening the channels and turning the dials to thevarious frequencies, and then receiving the transmissions or knowings.

There are not enough words in the present vocabulary or dictionary ofexpression to convey the feelings of the nonphysical realm. The Spirit we speak ofencompasses many ideas. It basically refers to that which is not physical or not withinthird-dimensional viewing.

You can liken this enticement or leap to bounding on a trampoline andgoing for one gigantic jump, after which you never touch the trampoline again. You boundand bound and then go for that gold that sends you into the realm of Spirit. This is notto say that you are lost or destroyed or that your molecules are disseminated. It issimply the vault that all of the ancient shamans on Earth practiced and maintained as apotentiality a way of linking intelligent forms and assisting the evolving human species.

Multidimensionality to us is a way of life. We realize that part of ourchallenge as teachers is to transduce our way of life into systems that are evolving. Toput you at rest, however, unless you check out of the planet, this is a process you areheading toward, though how you encounter it is up to you. We want you to be able to go tothe edge of a cliff, step off it, and stand in the air next to the cliff edge. We want youto be out there. We want you to recognize the heretic inside of you: tile part that knowsand is going to break this reality wide open and establish a whole new paradigm ofconsciousness. This is not going to be done by one world leader; it is going to be done bythe masses, because the masses are ready for it.

At this time, the Guardians of Light are on this planet in themillions. All you need to do is evolve yourselves. Your work at this time is veryintensely involved with the self, the physical vehicle that you presently occupy. It isthe self that allows you to play this game at this time. Love it, honor it, cherish it,take good care of it, speak very well of it, and intend that it perform at optimumcapacity. That is all you need do to be open to connect with your Family of Light. Then beprepared to find out who light has met, who light is going to introduce you to, and wholight, indeed, are.

Love is what you experience when you go beyond light. You need light,which is information, to access this love. Without the informational frequency, the lovefrequency is misunderstood. When the love frequency comes first, without the lightfrequency, you think that love is outside of yourself rather than understanding that itis you. Then you do what people on the planet have done for eons: you worship anddeify everything and think that love is out there rather than iii Here. Wehave decided to come onto this planet and operate with light first by informing you,strengthening you, and firing your blueprints according to information.

Now that you have become informed, and you understand what you are upagainst during the multidimensional light infusion with your identity, you will begin toexperience the love frequency that Will allow you to extend love to other versions of yourmultidimensional self and create a massive healing of consciousness on many levels. Theexperiences you will have in these realms of activity can be very powerful. They willalter you tremendously, and you will walk around with a smile froth ear to ear so thatothers will wonder what you have been Lip to, )'Oil will carry yourself this way becauseyou will be in a vibration of ecstasy. You will be in a vibration of connectedness, andeveryone and everything you draw to yourself will be a part of that vibration. Anythingthat does not resonate with this frequency will not even be able to get near you. Inactuality, when you resonate with the higher frequencies, anything that is not in thosefrequencies will not even see you.

When you operate in the frequency of information coupled with creationand love, you will be put to work spreading that frequency-not by doing it for others, butby allowing others to feel your frequency when they come in contact with you.

You all are invaluable, you know. Those of you who master these things,and there is no reason why all of you cannot, will be in very high demand one of thesedays. You will be looked upon as superhuman. However, it is not for you to separateyourself from the population. It is your place to teach the population and show them howthey can do the same thing. Frequencies are to be given and shared freely so that everyonecan discover what they can do for themselves. This is how this planet is going to evolve.

 

 

Chapter Twenty-Two

The Glactic Tidal Wave of Light

Content of „Bringers of the Dawn“, pg. 239 - 243, ChapterTwenty-Two.

Awareness is awakening within the masses on this planet. The sum totalof events as they quicken and unfold is seeping its way into everyone's reality. Theseevents are orchestrated and designed to bring you collectively, as a species, to this newoctave of light expression. This infusion from the galactic tidal wave of light comes fromthe future through portals you open on this Earth plane as you follow and weave yourselfthrough the journey and story we have shared with you. The masses are awakening. You seethem around you and feel the rumblings of consciousness, the internal Earth changes, whichwill truly mark the rites of passage for all of humanity.

We have, with the greatest assistance from our teachers, presented tothis planet information that we feel can harmonize our purposes and pool our energies. Wefeel that we have given to this planet at this time a succinct message of inspiration-amessage that holds waves of truth. It is a message to tickle-a message to entice and callforward that part of the self that has been hidden away and lying dormant. We feel thatthe material we have been sharing through this book is to awaken within you what you know.It is to bring you to an understanding of the different versions of your reality'sillusion as it is sold to you and to an understanding of what your part in all of this isor can be.

We have stimulated each and every one of you with our thought-provokingmessages. It has been our intention to move each one of you and stir you from some place,not to make you uncomfortable. You may make yourselves uncomfortable; we encourage you tofind comfort. We also encourage you to climb a few- mountain ranges of consciousnesswithin yourself: to go to new- places of comfort and to find those valleys of eternalyouth, eternal vitality, and ongoing expression of creativity. There you will find newvistas of consciousness and a galactic wave of light from the future.

It is our intention in delivering this final message in chapter 22, thefinal chapter, to use the vibration of the number 22, a master number. This number isassociated with imprinting and delivering into this version of physical reality a masterteaching-a message that involves an encoding. The message is not simply in the way thewords are strung together: there are layers of information hidden within the method andunfoldment of this book. Ideas are presented, conflicts arise, solutions are suggested,and inspiration weaves its way through, turning you always to that final commitment toinspire yourself.

We feel that you will benefit from this orchestration that we have beeninfluencing behind the scenes. There is a process of understanding that this bookrepresents. Where it seems that there has been chaos and confusion, and where it seems asif things have been scrambled, that scrambling has created its own order. This order isbeing summed up in this final delivery under the stamp of 22.

In this final message, we speak into the soul and heart of every one ofyou. We ask you to hear the call, to recognize it, and to step forward as a member of theFamily of Light. Have the courage in all the days you walk this planet to live that lightand share it with all you encounter. This does not mean to preach or sell that light. Itmeans to live the light you know you are, to discover in the simplicity of your being thepurpose of your existence, to blossom with it, and to reseed this place that is PlanetEarth in its deepest time of transition.

The process of moving into this higher octave of under standing-thisblending of dimensions and creation of new territory-will lead everyone through greaterunderstanding of death. Your light will be needed. Your light represents what you know.This book has many ways, through designs and codes that you have been unable to recognize,to remind you in these final pages that you know everything we speak of and that it isinside of you. It is time for you to share the discoveries and miracles of operating thephysical vehicle in these times of change and transition that involve the death of theworld as you know it. When there is a death, there is always a rebirth; something dies andsomething new is born.

As this planet moves closer to these days of great change, each of youwill be called upon to stand as pillars of light. You will show the way in times whenpeople are desperate because the old ways are no longer solutions-they no longer fit andno longer apply. We have intimated or suggested in this book that light brings about muchof this chaos on the planet. So, during these times, your gifts will be needed. You cannotrun and hide, because you are needed to weave through the communities to bring alternativeways of being. You are needed to share your belief in creating reality through yourthoughts and to show others how this works by healing and creating new ideals ofcivilization and cooperation.

As the days begin to unfold, they will reveal the ancient prophecies asthey are coming alive. These ancient prophecies will be much more colorful and have theirown versions of themselves as they teach this planet its greatest lessons.

As you evolve, you carry what you know forward, and you share it andlive it. You become a greater vessel or greater expression of light. Through this process,you will find that over the next few years you will be catapulted beyond the speed oflight with what you will know. The abilities and talents and information that will come toyou are simply inside of you.

We will remind you that there is a galactic tidal wave of light fromthe future coming toward your planet and that this intersection will be felt throughoutthe masses in the year 1993. It will be as if the entire planet has a unilateral raise inconsciousness. This wave has to be gigantic to affect all of the masses who are locked infrequency control. It is you, the Family of Light, who are here in the millions makingroom in your bodies for this galactic tidal wave, who will allow this infusion of thefirst layer of the light body to be held by all of the masse.

The light body is the body that holds the complete mutation of thespecies. It will be able to juggle realities through the shifting of consciousness byintent from one view to another, like turning the stations on a television. The light bodywill hold all of this encoded data and be able to translate it at will. It willcommunicate innerdimensionally and interdimensionally.

Remember, matter is simply light that is trapped. As you build yourlight body, you are allowing a reorganization of the molecular structure-a loosening ofyour grip upon a certain aspect of materialism so that your spiritual understanding can bemore in tune with your day-to-day life. The building of the light body is the allowing ofless trapped matter to manifest and allow light, which is freer in expression and inseeking its own source, to become who you are so that you are not so solid.

As you raise your vibratory rates, you become your light body. You willsee the change in your body literally. Your body will become more vital, more youthful,more nourished in its own being, and definitely the processor of a multitude ofinformation. It will become a super being. The building of the light body involvesbecoming a super being.

Extending the longevity of the cellular body through rejuvenation andextension of cellular life is coming back into fashion. This is part of building the lightbody-a body that is not so dense, that does not self-destruct, that self-generates, andthat self-replenishes. That is what you are all striving for. You would be your lightbody, and you would feel it, if your logical mind were not so worried about whether it ispossible; society is not telling you it is possible.

We cannot emphasize enough to you that you must stop listening tosociety. This is going to be the hardest task for you to do and the biggest break for youto make. You have the societal self and the spiritual self, and you must decide which oneis sacred. Which one is your source of authority? Let your intuitive self become yourauthority. Allow your intuitive self to be the standard bearer of your experience, whichis experience no one else is going to validate. )'our experience springs from theassignment that you are knowing, and not necessarily remembering, you are on.

If you approach all that you know with the stance that there is divineorder and divine purpose, without your ego aspect comprehending it all the time, you willmove rapidly through realities. There will be many different ways this galactic tidal waveof light will be experienced. Definitely it will catapult everyone into some exaggeratedversion of their greatest opportunity. That, of course, is each person's choice.

Our final words include a thank-you to all of you who recognize thelight source that is a part of your identity and that moves you to read this book andfollow the silent whispers that echo down the golden spirals through the corridors of yourown being. We honor you, we recognize you, and we are here to assist you. We are all hereas the Family of Light to bring that choice and that freedom to evolve back onto thisplanet to bring it to this place where it will shine as a portion of the Living Library, anew star, a new light on the horizons of many sentient worlds.

We wait in the future for your past to intersect our present andcatapult all of existence to a new octave, the highest octave of being. It is our greatpleasure to have your assistance in this process.

Palabras claves
publicado por gabyven a las 03:47 · Sin comentarios  ·  Recomendar
 
Más sobre este tema ·  Participar
Comentarios (0) ·  Enviar comentario
Esta entrada no admite comentarios.
CALENDARIO
Ver mes anterior Mayo 2022 Ver mes siguiente
DOLUMAMIJUVISA
1234567
891011121314
15161718192021
22232425262728
293031
AL MARGEN
¡Bienvenido a mi GabyvenFULLBlog!
Te doy la bienvenida a mi espacio
No tenía miedo a las dificultades: lo que la asustaba era la obligación de tener que escoger un camino. Escoger un camino significaba abandonar otros.

Cuando crezcas, descubrirás que ya defendiste mentiras, te engañaste a ti mismo o sufriste por tonterías. Si eres un buen guerrero, no te culparás por ello, pero tampoco dejarás que tus errores se repitan.

Cuando todos los días resultan iguales es porque el hombre ha dejado de percibir las cosas buenas que surgen en su vida cada vez que el sol cruza el cielo.

Cuando alguien desea algo debe saber que corre riesgos y por eso la vida vale la pena.
CONTACTO WWW.MYSPACE.COM/2012GROVHYN
Saludos
EN IMAGEN

LUNA

LUNA
SECCIONES
» Inicio
FULLServices Network | Blogger | Privacidad